home
***
CD-ROM
|
disk
|
FTP
|
other
***
search
/
CD ROM Paradise Collection 4
/
CD ROM Paradise Collection 4 1995 Nov.iso
/
system
/
lman606a.zip
/
LASR_MAN.DOC
< prev
next >
Wrap
Text File
|
1995-01-01
|
422KB
|
8,920 lines
Ç ────────────────────────────────────────────
Ç ┼┐════════════════════════════════════════════
╔╬╗ ┴
╨║╨ ┐
╔╩╗ ┴
╨ ╨
▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄
▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▄ ▒▒█
▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▒▒▄ ▒▒█▒▒▄▒▒█
▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▀▀▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▒▒█▀ ▒▒█▒▒▄▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▀▒▒▒█
▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒█▒▒█▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒▄ ▒▒█ ▒▒█
▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀
Welcome to LASR_MAN, a utility program to print text
files on a laser or ink jet printer in a variety of styles!
U S E R M A N U A L
Version 6.0
Copyright 1990-1995 by MicroMetric.
All rights reserved.
Document Last Edited: January 1, 1995
LASR_MAN is distributed as SHAREWARE and, as such, may be copied and shared on a
private non-commercial basis with others in its unmodified form. Liability is
limited to replacing the software for registered users. There is no liability
for any damage or loss caused by this software, directly or indirectly.
┌────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌───────┐ │█
│ ┌────┴──┐ │ (R) │█
│ ──│ │O │─────────────────── │█
│ │ ┌────┴╨─┐ │ Association of │█
│ │ │ │─┘ Shareware │█
│ └──│ O │ Professionals │█
│ ─────│ ║ │───────────────────── │█
│ └───╨───┘ MEMBER │█
└────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█
██████████████████████████████████████████████████
If you have problems with this program, or want to send comments, manual correc-
tions, configuration files for other printers that you want to share, or en-
hancement suggestions, you may call or mail them to:
MicroMetric
98 Dade Avenue
Sarasota, FLorida 34232-1609 USA
Technical Support (813) 377-2515
FAX . . . . . . . (813) 377-2091
Support BBS . . . (813) 371-2490
The MicroMetric Software Support BBS provides availability of and technical
support for the MicroMetric ■■■■_MAN series of shareware programs. First time
callers have access to the board and can leave messages or download re-
plies/current shareware releases. Registered users may also download the latest
Beta test software releases, when available.
Additionally, you can send routed E-Mail via the RIME(tm) network to David
Groome at the ->ACTION node in the ASP, Laser, Batch, Common, or Shareware con-
ferences. I also check CompuServe (71631,744), but only on an infrequent basis.
PKZIP, PKUNZIP, and PKSFX are trademarks of PKWARE, Inc.
LaserJet and DeskJet are trademarks of the Hewlett-Packard Company.
Epson is a registered trademark of Seiko Epson Corporation.
IBM PC, XT, AT, and PC-DOS are registered trademarks of the IBM Corporation.
MS-DOS is a registered trademark and Windows is a trademark of the Microsoft
Corporation.
ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
QUICK INSTALL/OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Major Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Print Style Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Manual Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Page layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Brackets and parentheses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Computer key conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Action steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
■■■■_MAN programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Shareware distributed documentation manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Shareware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
INDX-IT! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
INSTALLING THE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Installation on Non-Path Referenced Directories . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
From a Diskette Vendor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
From a BBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Registered Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
RUNNING LASR_MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Program Operation with Microsoft Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Command Line/Environment Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Summary of All Available Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
ARCHIVE BIT STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
COVER FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
DRIVE-DIRECTORY PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
FILE - FILE MASK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
GRAPHICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
LINE/PAGE LIMIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
MOUSE PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
OPTION FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
OPTION SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
OUTPUT TO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
PAPER SOURCE BIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
PRINTER TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
PRINT FONT TO USE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
STAMP-IT! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
STYLE OF OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
TITLE (HEADER/FOOTER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
TYPEFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
USER DISPLAY LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
USER MENU LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
HELP Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
UTILITY MENU Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS LASR_MAN Version 6.0
ESCAPE Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
File View Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Actions and Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Disk Not Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Printer Not Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Mouse Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
MAIN MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Background Information Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Operation Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Main Menu Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Learning to use LASR_MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
SETUP FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Data path [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
User level [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Save Setup [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Printer [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Print Fonts to Use [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Monitor [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Mouse [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Change menu colors [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Date Format [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Restore Conf [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Reload the Defaults [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Restore Path [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
OPTIONS FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Set Style [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Edit Current Style [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
General - Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
General - Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
General - Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
General - Pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
General - Text Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
General - Sides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
General - Binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
General - Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
General - Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Horizontal - Text Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Horizontal - Chars/Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Horizontal - hMar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Horizontal - hDiv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Horizontal - Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Horizontal - Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Horizontal - Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Vertical - Text Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Vertical - Lines/Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Vertical - vMar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Vertical - vDiv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Vertical - Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Vertical - Bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Vertical - Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
iv
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Accept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Select Another . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Option File [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Change confg [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Page Title [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Font File [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Cover file [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Select for Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Option Switches [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
File Page Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Switch Titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Title Headers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Print Form Feeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Border Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Page Dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Page Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Blank Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
No Left Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Spaces/Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Tab Print Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Text Word Wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Print Ctrl Chrs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Line/Page Limit [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Stamp-it! [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
FILES SELECT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
File Selection/Tag [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
File Mask [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Archive bit [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
PRINT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Paper Source Bin [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Print these Selected Files [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Reverse 2nd Pass Output [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Output To [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Generate Key Word Index [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
INDX-IT! [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Folding Sheets for Pamphlets and Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Pamphlets/Books Printed using Portrait Orientation . . . . . . . . . 120
Pamphlets/Books Printed using Landscape Orientation . . . . . . . . . 120
Stapling Pamphlets and Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
EXIT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
eXit to DOS [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Cancel [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Save Setup [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Save Options [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
DESKJET PRINTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
v
TABLE OF CONTENTS LASR_MAN Version 6.0
LASR_MAN FILES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
vi
QUICK INSTALL/OPERATION
This chapter is presented for, and dedicated to, those that are "Advanced" com-
puter users, who feel that use of the manual is a "LAST RESORT" and only want to
find out how to install LASR_MAN quickly and get the program running.
To QUICK INSTALL LASR_MAN, first copy the distribution file(s) to a directory on
your hard disk, preferably empty. For example, create a directory named such as
"\LASR" and then copy the files from the distribution diskette to it.
Next, unpack these files, either by typing the name of the distribution file if
it is of the self-extracting type - denoted by an extension of "EXE" - or decom-
press the files using the PKUNZIP program, version 2.
To run the LASR_MAN program, first change the current drive and directory to
that on which you have installed the program, type LASR_MAN and press ENTER .
All of the command line parameters are optional and none are normally required
to run the program. If you experience display problems, such as display blink-
ing, replace this with LASR_MAN /MM for monochrome monitor systems or
LASR_MAN /MC for those using CGA monitors.
The shareware documentation may be printed using the supplied batch file
"PRINTDOC". For full instructions, see the "README.LM" file.
1
QUICK INSTALL/OPERATION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
2
INTRODUCTION
LASR_MAN prints ASCII text files (those without format control characters) on a
laser or ink jet printer in any of several hundred styles. Available style op-
tions include:
* Normal portrait or landscape orientation
* Five font sizes ranging from ten to thirty-three characters per inch
* Multiple text pages per paper sheet - from one to two hundred
* Individual files, where each is printed in the form of a pamphlet
* Groups of files printed together, each file as a chapter, in the form of a
book
See the section "PRINT STYLE OVERVIEW", later in this chapter, for a more com-
plete description of all of the available print style options.
LASR_MAN can dramatically decrease the amount of paper required to print many of
your documents - by more than 94%, based on printing 18 text pages - each 80
columns wide by 60 lines - on a single sheet of paper. It can also save laser
toner (except for the Pica pitch, the characters are smaller) and wear and tear
on the printer (less paper passing through). It's great for use with draft docu-
ments, program listings and manuals, wide spreadsheets, database listings, legal
documents, address lists and labels, etc. You can select the print pitch size
based on usage: normal and medium sizes for everyday use, small and tiny print
for draft, occasional, and archival purposes.
Many options are available including custom header/footer page titles, cover
files, a halftone "rubber stamp", and menu option/file(s) selection. Among the
other options are user levels, sheet and text page borders/dividers, menu col-
ors, customizable page header, print fonts to use, and substitution of spaces
for tabs. The configuration file includes commands for printing on letter, le-
gal, and A4 size paper.
LASR_MAN options may be specified in an environment variable, on the program's
command line, from a file of saved options, or by menu selection while the pro-
gram is running. Files to be printed may be selected in the same manner.
One option of especial importance is that of USER LEVEL. There are three user
levels available within the system: "Normal", "Advanced", and "Expert". These
user levels control the number of available options presented and the background
information displays.
LASR_MAN prints only unformatted ASCII files. If you use it to print a .COM file
or a document generated by a word processor and stored in that word processor's
format, the output will look strange. To print a document generated from a word
processor and normally stored in it's format, first have the word processor
program store the document in the unformatted "ASCII" form.
The only control characters that are passed from the text file to the printer
are carriage return (13), line feed (10), and form feed (12). The tab character
(9) is converted to spaces. All other control characters (0-31) are either
printed "as is" or replaced by a '■' - or optionally, another user selected
character. Valid characters (32-255) are printed "as-is".
3
INTRODUCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
The default printer commands are configured for use with several Hewlett-Packard
LaserJet and DeskJet printer models. However all printer commands are available
to the user in the configuration file and each may be changed for use with other
printers. See the chapter "EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE" for information on
changing the printer commands and messages.
LASR_MAN will support both Hewlett-Packard LaserJet and DeskJet printers and
those that emulate them. Users with DeskJet printers should read the chapter
"DESKJET PRINTERS" for a list of printing limitations.
Major Features
Printing
* Selectable/editable Style files with these options:
■ Style of output - normal, book (each file is treated as a chapter within
the book), or pamphlet (each pamphlet contains a single file).
■ Paper size; letter, legal, A4, or executive paper sizes.
■ Sheet orientation - portrait or landscape.
■ Five character pitch options; ten, twelve, seventeen, twenty-three, or
thirty-three characters per inch (cpi).
■ Forty-three choices of text pages per side; from 1 to 100. Selections
range from one to ten text pages horizontally/ one to ten vertically.
■ Any size binding margin - either horizontal or vertical.
■ User set margins and character/line spacing.
* Soft downloadable fonts available for all pitch options - or use internal
fonts for fastest print speed. Multiple typefaces are supported. Included
with the shareware version are Letter Gothic fonts for 17, 23, and 33 cpi
pitch options, and sample Helvic and Times Roman fonts for 17 cpi.
* Supports Hewlett-Packard LaserJet and DeskJet (with some limitations) print-
ers, and compatibles.
* Print up to seventy-five files of 5000 text pages in one program pass.
* Ability to select and print cover files before other selected files.
* Select and print halftone "rubber stamps", with either of two styles, on each
text page.
* Two paging options for Book styles: sheets may be folded either vertically or
horizontally.
* Optional three segment page header/footer title that may be customized to
include user entered data, the file name, its last date and time updated,
current date and time, and the page number.
* Variety of option switches for output formatting including:
■ Page title left and right segments may be reversed on even pages.
■ Four options for sheet/text page borders.
■ Menu selection from eight page divider styles for multiple text pages per
side.
■ Horizontal or vertical text page flow for multiple text pages per side.
■ Options to suppress form feeds, blank lines, and/or left margins on out-
put.
■ Define how many spaces text tabs represent; how many space wide they will
print.
■ Print control characters directly or substitute another character for
them.
4
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 INTRODUCTION
Operation
* Multiple user menu and display levels - Normal, Advanced, and Expert.
* Menu selection of paper size and paper source bin uses a configuration file
that is user-editable; override any parameter(s) with selectable change con-
figuration files.
* Output may be directed to any LPT1-3 or COM1-4 port, or to a disk file.
* No need to type the paths and names of files to be printed.
* Specify any of three display formats and the date separator character for all
dates.
* Determine the required number of printed pages for any file before its print
selection.
* Change the program options and save the changes in named setup, option, and
style files. These options may then be reloaded any time that the program is
run.
* Ability to select only files whose archive bit is on and then turn it off
after printing.
* Specify the file names to be displayed and then tagged for printing with DOS
wildcard characters.
* Tag individual files or groups of files on the selected directory for print-
ing.
* Preview how a file's pages will look when printed before selecting the file
or before printing it.
* Determine the pages/sheets required for the currently marked files during
selection.
* Single pass printing of both sides of a paper sheet with duplex printers.
* Second pass print messages may be user-edited.
* May be set for reverse printing of the second print pass to allow for the use
of any input tray.
* A utility menu, accessed with F10 , allows closing the printer file and en-
able/disable blinking when used with multi-tasking operating systems.
* Generates index words from any document(s) being printed, for processing by
INDX-IT! - seamless interface to INDX-IT! to process, sort and generate index
word reports. These features are ONLY displayed and available if the commer-
cial program INDX-IT! is present.
Structure
* User interface is with pop-up window menus whose colors are user- selectable.
* Menus follow the IBM SAA/CUA (System Application Architecture-Common Usage
Access) guidelines. File names are ISO compliant.
* Automatic color display on systems so equipped - user may set menu colors.
* Specify most options in the Environment and/or on the program's command line
and then be able to over-ride them with the program's menus.
* Context sensitive help available for all actions.
* Special document files to assist in determining the proper operating proce-
dures for the various printer setups and printing styles.
* Operates under DOS, Windows, or OS/2.
* Indexed manual may be printed with this program - an included batch file,
PRINTDOC, assists in documentation printing setup, using either LASR_MAN or
DOS.
* Registered users may suppress the shareware reminder message displays and
receive a printed/bound manual along with a brand program that will register
5
INTRODUCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
the program. Additional downloadable soft font typefaces, Helvic, Times Ro-
man, and Letter Gothic, for all five pitches will be included.
Print Style Overview
There are a variety of factors that affect the appearance of printed output
produced by LASR_MAN. The majority of these are set using a single menu screen
and then stored in a named STYLE FILE. They include:
* Type of output - normal, book, or pamphlet.
* Size of paper - letter, legal, A4, or executive.
* Orientation - portrait or landscape.
* Pitch, characters per inch - 10, 12, 17, 23, or 33.
* Text pages per side - 1 to 100.
* Sides to print - single or both.
* Binding margin - horizontal or vertical, any size.
* Horizontal and vertical information:
* Text pages across (or down) - 1 to 10.
* Characters/line and lines/text page.
* Sheet margins.
* Text page margins.
* Width of each character.
* Height of each character.
All of these style factors will be discussed in this section, along with several
other style options, that are set by OPTION SWITCHES, including:
* Sheet borders.
* Dividers.
* Text page flow.
LASR_MAN will print text documents in either portrait or landscape orientation
on a laser printer. PORTRAIT orientation is where the long side of the paper is
on the left and right edge, and the short side is on the top and bottom edge of
the paper sheet, as shown below.
NOTE The style diagrams in this section denote one side of a paper sheet
with a single closed boxed line. A text page, which may have any size -
characters per line and lines per page - is depicted using the '░'
character.
6
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 INTRODUCTION
╔════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ TYPE: Normal ┌───────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait │ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 1 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PITCH: 10, 12, 17, 23, or 33 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ long side ──>│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ ║
╚════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
LANDSCAPE TYPE orientation has the long side as the top and bottom edge and the
short side on the left and right edge, as shown below.
╔════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ TYPE: Normal ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 1 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PITCH: 10, 12, 17, 23, or 33 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ short side ──>│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
Additionally, more that one text page may be printed on one side of the paper
sheet. The style summaries depicted above show only one text page per side.
Multiple text pages, of varying size, may be printed on each side of the sheet,
with a maximum of 100, as shown below. The limits, in either PORTRAIT or LAND-
SCAPE, are ten text pages across horizontally and ten text pages down vertical-
ly.
7
INTRODUCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
╔══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───┬───┬───┬───┬───┬───┬───┬───┬───┬───┐ ║
║ TYPE: Normal │░░1│░░2│░░3│░░4│░░5│░░6│░░7│░░8│░░9│░10│ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait ├───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┤ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 100 │░11│░12│░13│░14│░15│░16│░17│░18│░19│░20│ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 ├───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┤ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 100 or 200 │░21│░22│░23│░24│░25│░26│░27│░28│░29│░30│ ║
║ PITCH: 10, 12, 17, ├───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┤ ║
║ 23, or 33 │░31│░32│░33│░34│░35│░36│░37│░38│░39│░40│ ║
║ ├───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┤ ║
║ │░41│░42│░43│░44│░45│░46│░47│░48│░49│░50│ ║
║ ├───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┤ ║
║ │░51│░52│░53│░54│░55│░56│░57│░58│░59│░60│ ║
║ ├───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┤ ║
║ │░61│░62│░63│░64│░65│░66│░67│░68│░69│░70│ ║
║ ├───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┤ ║
║ │░71│░72│░73│░74│░75│░76│░77│░78│░79│░80│ ║
║ ├───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┤ ║
║ long side ──>│░81│░82│░83│░84│░85│░86│░87│░88│░89│░90│ ║
║ ├───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┤ ║
║ │░91│░92│░93│░94│░95│░96│░97│░98│░99│100│ ║
║ └───┴───┴───┴───┴───┴───┴───┴───┴───┴───┘ ║
╚══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
Shown below are various orientations with two, four, and eight text pages per
side. Each of these text pages, which are referred to in this manual as STANDARD
TEXT PAGES, is 80 columns by 60 lines.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ TYPE: Normal ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 2 or 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PITCH: 17 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:2 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
8
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 INTRODUCTION
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ TYPE: Normal ┌───────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 4 or 8 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PITCH: 23 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGE FLOW: Horizontal │ ░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░ PAGE:2 │ ║
║ │───────────┼───────────│ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ ░░ PAGE:4 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ TYPE: Normal ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 8 │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 8 or 16 │ PAGE:1 │ PAGE:2 │ PAGE:3 │ PAGE:4 │ ║
║ PITCH: 33 │────────┼────────┼────────┼────────│ ║
║ PAGE FLOW: Horizontal │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:5 │ PAGE:6 │ PAGE:7 │ PAGE:8 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
On sheets printed with four or more text pages per side, the page flow may be
either horizontal (from left to right), as shown above, or vertical (from top to
bottom), as shown below.
9
INTRODUCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ TYPE: Normal ┌───────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 4 or 8 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PITCH: 23 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGE FLOW: Vertical │ ░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ ║
║ │───────────┼───────────│ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:2 │ ░░ PAGE:4 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ TYPE: Normal ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 8 │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 8 or 16 │ PAGE:1 │ PAGE:3 │ PAGE:5 │ PAGE:7 │ ║
║ PITCH: 33 │────────┼────────┼────────┼────────│ ║
║ PAGE FLOW: Vertical │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:2 │ PAGE:4 │ PAGE:6 │ PAGE:8 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
Text files may also be printed in either the form of a PAMPHLET or a BOOK.
A PAMPHLET is defined within LASR_MAN as the text contents of a SINGLE file
printed on a set of paper sheets, such that it can be folded in the form of a
pamphlet. Multiple PAMPHLETS may be printed at one time, each of which will
contain a single file.
A BOOK is printed in the same manner as the PAMPHLET, except each file is treat-
ed as a chapter in the book, and these files are printed one after another on a
single set of sheets.
PAMPHLETS and BOOKS are printed so that they are formed by folding each page of
output either horizontally or vertical. The horizontal fold is used with POR-
TRAIT orientation and the vertical fold used with LANDSCAPE orientation.
When PORTRAIT orientation, with a horizontal fold, is specified, an EVEN number
of text pages must be specified vertically.
In a similar manner, when LANDSCAPE orientation, with a vertical fold, is speci-
fied, and EVEN number of pages must occur horizontally.
10
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 INTRODUCTION
Sample depictions of the output from either PAMPHLET TYPE or BOOK TYPE style of
a single file each, containing only the number of pages that will fit on a sin-
gle sheet of paper, are shown below. The first and third have a VERTICAL fold,
while the second has a HORIZONTAL fold. Note that each "Book Page" contains one-
half of the text pages per side. For example, if the TEXT PAGES PER SIDE option
is set to six, each BOOK PAGE will contain three text pages.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ TYPE: Pamphlet or Book PAGES/SHEET: 4 ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape TEXT PAGES/ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 2 BOOK PAGE: 1 ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 PITCH: 17 ║
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:4 ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ PAGE:1 │ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:2 ║ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:3 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
║ FRONT BACK ║
║ ▓▓ ═>BOOK PAGE 1 (Double line signifies to FOLD the sheets here) ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
11
INTRODUCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║
║ TYPE: Pamphlet │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ or Book │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 8 │ ░░ PAGE:7 │ ░░ PAGE:8 │ │ ░░ PAGE:5 │ ░░ PAGE:6 │ ║
║ TEXT PAGES/ │═══════════╪═══════════│ │═══════════╪═══════════│ ║
║ BOOK PAGE: 2 │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PITCH: 23 │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ▓▓ PAGE:1 │ ▓▓ PAGE:2 │ │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ ░░ PAGE:4 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────┘ ║
║ FRONT BACK ║
║ ▓▓ ═>BOOK PAGE 1 (Double line signifies to FOLD the sheets here) ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ TYPE: Pamphlet or Book PAGES/SHEET: 16 ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape TEXT PAGES/ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 8 BOOK PAGE: 4 ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 PITCH: 33 ║
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:13│ PAGE:14║ PAGE:1 │ PAGE:2 │ │ PAGE:5 │ PAGE:6 ║ PAGE:9 │ PAGE:10│ ║
║ │────────┼────────╫────────┼────────│ │────────┼────────╫────────┼────────│ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:15│ PAGE:16║ PAGE:3 │ PAGE:4 │ │ PAGE:7 │ PAGE:8 ║ PAGE:11│ PAGE:12│ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
║ FRONT BACK ║
║ ▓▓ ═>BOOK PAGE 1 (Double line signifies to FOLD the sheets here) ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
All three of the last styles are useful when printing out large documents, the
last two especially for occasional use.
PAMPHLET TYPE output always prints individual files on separate sets of output
sheets. If two files are printed in PAMPHLET TYPE style at one time, the output
will consist of TWO separate sets of paper sheets, each one with the text con-
tents of only ONE of the two files.
A BOOK TYPE is printed in the same manner as the PAMPHLET TYPE, except there is
only one set of paper sheets of output, regardless of the number of files print-
ed at one time. Each file is treated as a chapter in the book, and these files
are printed one after another.
12
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 INTRODUCTION
NOTE Printing a single file with either PAMPHLET TYPE or BOOK TYPE style
will result in the same output.
The same two files are depicted below, first in PAMPHLET TYPE style, and then in
BOOK TYPE style.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ TYPE: Pamphlet │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait or │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ├─┐ ║
║ Landscape │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ├────┐ ║
║ PITCH: 10, 12, 17, │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │░░░ │ ║
║ 23, or 33 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │░░░ ├─┐ ║
║ │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:8 │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:1 │ │░░░ │ │ ║
║ └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │░░░ │ ├─┐ ║
║ │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:6 │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:3 │░░░ │ │ │ ║
║ └────┬──────────────────────────────┘░░░ │ │ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ │ ║
║ NOTE: Only the front of │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ │ ║
║ these pamphlet sheets │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:12│ FILE:2░░░PAGE:1 │ │ │ ║
║ is shown here. └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ │ ║
║ The remaining text pages │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:10│ FILE:2░░░PAGE:3 │ │ ║
║ would be printed on the └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ ║
║ back. │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:8 │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:5 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ TYPE: Book │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait or │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ├─┐ ║
║ Landscape │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ├─┐ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ├─┐ ║
║ PITCH: 10, 12, 17, │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ │ │ ║
║ 23, or 33 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ │ ├─┐ ║
║ │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:12│ FILE:1░░░PAGE:1 │ │ │ │ │ ║
║ └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ │ │ │ ║
║ │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:10│ FILE:1░░░PAGE:3 │ │ │ │ ║
║ NOTE: Only the front of └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ │ │ ║
║ these book sheets │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:8 │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:5 │ │ │ ║
║ is shown here. └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ │ ║
║ The remaining text pages │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:6 │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:7 │ │ ║
║ would be printed on the └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ ║
║ back. │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:4 │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:1 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
There are five pitch font sizes supported. This paragraph is printed with the
13
INTRODUCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
largest of those sizes - Pica Letter Gothic. This font is normally printed at
ten characters per inch horizontally and six lines per inch vertically.
There are five pitch font sizes supported. This paragraph is printed with the
second largest of those sizes - Elite Letter Gothic. This font is normally
printed at twelve characters per inch horizontally and eight lines per inch
vertically.
There are five pitch font sizes supported. This paragraph is printed with the
middle of those sizes - Line Printer Letter Gothic. This font is normally print-
ed at 16.67 characters per inch horizontally, 9.34 lines per inch vertically,
and is used when printing two text pages per side.
There are five pitch font sizes supported. This paragraph is printed with the
next to the smallest of those sizes - Small Letter Gothic. This font is normally
printed at twenty-three characters per inch horizontally, 12.67 lines per inch
vertically, and is used when printing four text pages per side.
There are five pitch font sizes supported. This paragraph is printed with the
smallest of those sizes - Tiny Letter Gothic. This font is normally printed at
thirty-three characters per inch horizontally, sixteen lines per inch vertical-
ly, and is used when printing eight text pages per side.
The following tables, generated by LASR_MAN in the STYLE EDIT section, present
summaries of the text page sizes available for Hewlett-Packard IID/IIP/III/IV
printers and compatibles. The first four are for PORTRAIT ORIENTATION and the
last four are for LANDSCAPE.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ MAXIMUM TEXT PAGES/SIDE SIZES AVAILABLE - LETTER PORTRAIT ╞══════════╕ │
│ │HORIZONTAL PAGES═══════> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 │█ │
│ │ PITCH═> 10 80 40 26 20 16 13 11 10 8 8 │█ │
│ │ ┌┤CHARACTERS├┐ 12 95 47 31 23 19 15 13 11 10 9 │█ │
│ │ │ ────────── │ 17 132 66 44 33 26 22 18 16 14 13 │█ │
│ │ └───┤LINE├───┘ 23 185 92 61 46 37 30 26 23 20 18 │█ │
│ │ 33 261 130 87 65 52 43 37 32 29 26 │█ │
│ │ VERTICAL PAGES═══════> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 │█ │
│ │ PITCH═> 10 62 31 20 15 12 10 8 7 6 6 │█ │
│ │ ┌┤LINES├┐ 12 84 42 28 21 16 14 12 10 9 8 │█ │
│ │ │ ───── │ 17 97 48 32 24 19 16 13 12 10 9 │█ │
│ │ └┤PAGE├─┘ 23 132 66 44 33 26 22 18 16 14 13 │█ │
│ │ 33 168 84 56 42 33 28 24 21 18 16 │█ │
│ ╘════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
14
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 INTRODUCTION
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ MAXIMUM TEXT PAGES/SIDE SIZES AVAILABLE - LEGAL PORTRAIT ╞═══════════╕ │
│ │HORIZONTAL PAGES═══════> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 │█ │
│ │ PITCH═> 10 80 40 26 20 16 13 11 10 8 8 │█ │
│ │ ┌┤CHARACTERS├┐ 12 95 47 31 23 19 15 13 11 10 9 │█ │
│ │ │ ────────── │ 17 132 66 44 33 26 22 18 16 14 13 │█ │
│ │ └───┤LINE├───┘ 23 185 92 61 46 37 30 26 23 20 18 │█ │
│ │ 33 261 130 87 65 52 43 37 32 29 26 │█ │
│ │ VERTICAL PAGES═══════> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 │█ │
│ │ PITCH═> 10 80 40 26 20 16 13 11 10 8 8 │█ │
│ │ ┌┤LINES├┐ 12 108 54 36 27 21 18 15 13 12 10 │█ │
│ │ │ ───── │ 17 125 62 41 31 25 20 17 15 13 12 │█ │
│ │ └┤PAGE├─┘ 23 170 85 56 42 34 28 24 21 18 17 │█ │
│ │ 33 216 108 72 54 43 36 30 27 24 21 │█ │
│ ╘════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ MAXIMUM TEXT PAGES/SIDE SIZES AVAILABLE - A4 PORTRAIT ╞══════════════╕ │
│ │HORIZONTAL PAGES═══════> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 │█ │
│ │ PITCH═> 10 77 38 25 19 15 12 11 9 8 7 │█ │
│ │ ┌┤CHARACTERS├┐ 12 92 46 30 23 18 15 13 11 10 9 │█ │
│ │ │ ────────── │ 17 128 64 42 32 25 21 18 16 14 12 │█ │
│ │ └───┤LINE├───┘ 23 180 90 60 45 36 30 25 22 20 18 │█ │
│ │ 33 253 126 84 63 50 42 36 31 28 25 │█ │
│ │ VERTICAL PAGES═══════> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 │█ │
│ │ PITCH═> 10 66 33 22 16 13 11 9 8 7 6 │█ │
│ │ ┌┤LINES├┐ 12 89 44 29 22 17 14 12 11 9 8 │█ │
│ │ │ ───── │ 17 103 51 34 25 20 17 14 12 11 10 │█ │
│ │ └┤PAGE├─┘ 23 141 70 47 35 28 23 20 17 15 14 │█ │
│ │ 33 179 89 59 44 35 29 25 22 19 17 │█ │
│ ╘════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
15
INTRODUCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ MAXIMUM TEXT PAGES/SIDE SIZES AVAILABLE - EXECUTIVE PORTRAIT ╞═══════╕ │
│ │HORIZONTAL PAGES═══════> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 │█ │
│ │ PITCH═> 10 67 33 22 16 13 11 9 8 7 6 │█ │
│ │ ┌┤CHARACTERS├┐ 12 80 40 26 20 16 13 11 10 8 8 │█ │
│ │ │ ────────── │ 17 111 55 37 27 22 18 15 13 12 11 │█ │
│ │ └───┤LINE├───┘ 23 156 78 52 39 31 26 22 19 17 15 │█ │
│ │ 33 220 110 73 55 44 36 31 27 24 22 │█ │
│ │ VERTICAL PAGES═══════> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 │█ │
│ │ PITCH═> 10 59 29 19 14 11 9 8 7 6 5 │█ │
│ │ ┌┤LINES├┐ 12 80 40 26 20 16 13 11 10 8 8 │█ │
│ │ │ ───── │ 17 92 46 30 23 18 15 13 11 10 9 │█ │
│ │ └┤PAGE├─┘ 23 126 63 42 31 25 21 18 15 14 12 │█ │
│ │ 33 160 80 53 40 32 26 22 20 17 16 │█ │
│ ╘════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ MAXIMUM TEXT PAGES/SIDE SIZES AVAILABLE - LETTER LANDSCAPE ╞═════════╕ │
│ │HORIZONTAL PAGES═══════> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 │█ │
│ │ PITCH═> 10 106 53 35 26 21 17 15 13 11 10 │█ │
│ │ ┌┤CHARACTERS├┐ 12 126 63 42 31 25 21 18 15 14 12 │█ │
│ │ │ ────────── │ 17 176 88 58 44 35 29 25 22 19 17 │█ │
│ │ └───┤LINE├───┘ 23 245 122 81 61 49 40 35 30 27 24 │█ │
│ │ 33 346 173 115 86 69 57 49 43 38 34 │█ │
│ │ VERTICAL PAGES═══════> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 │█ │
│ │ PITCH═> 10 47 23 15 11 9 7 6 5 5 4 │█ │
│ │ ┌┤LINES├┐ 12 63 31 21 15 12 10 9 7 7 6 │█ │
│ │ │ ───── │ 17 73 36 24 18 14 12 10 9 8 7 │█ │
│ │ └┤PAGE├─┘ 23 100 50 33 25 20 16 14 12 11 10 │█ │
│ │ 33 127 63 42 31 25 21 18 15 14 12 │█ │
│ ╘════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
16
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 INTRODUCTION
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ MAXIMUM TEXT PAGES/SIDE SIZES AVAILABLE - LEGAL LANDSCAPE ╞══════════╕ │
│ │HORIZONTAL PAGES═══════> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 │█ │
│ │ PITCH═> 10 136 68 45 34 27 22 19 17 15 13 │█ │
│ │ ┌┤CHARACTERS├┐ 12 162 81 54 40 32 27 23 20 18 16 │█ │
│ │ │ ────────── │ 17 226 113 75 56 45 37 32 28 25 22 │█ │
│ │ └───┤LINE├───┘ 23 315 157 105 78 63 52 45 39 35 31 │█ │
│ │ 33 444 222 148 111 88 74 63 55 49 44 │█ │
│ │ VERTICAL PAGES═══════> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 │█ │
│ │ PITCH═> 10 47 23 15 11 9 7 6 5 5 4 │█ │
│ │ ┌┤LINES├┐ 12 63 31 21 15 12 10 9 7 7 6 │█ │
│ │ │ ───── │ 17 73 36 24 18 14 12 10 9 8 7 │█ │
│ │ └┤PAGE├─┘ 23 100 50 33 25 20 16 14 12 11 10 │█ │
│ │ 33 127 63 42 31 25 21 18 15 14 12 │█ │
│ ╘════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ MAXIMUM TEXT PAGES/SIDE SIZES AVAILABLE - A4 LANDSCAPE ╞═════════════╕ │
│ │HORIZONTAL PAGES═══════> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 │█ │
│ │ PITCH═> 10 112 56 37 28 22 18 16 14 12 11 │█ │
│ │ ┌┤CHARACTERS├┐ 12 134 67 44 33 26 22 19 16 14 13 │█ │
│ │ │ ────────── │ 17 187 93 62 46 37 31 26 23 20 18 │█ │
│ │ └───┤LINE├───┘ 23 261 130 87 65 52 43 37 32 29 26 │█ │
│ │ 33 368 184 122 92 73 61 52 46 40 36 │█ │
│ │ VERTICAL PAGES═══════> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 │█ │
│ │ PITCH═> 10 45 22 15 11 9 7 6 5 5 4 │█ │
│ │ ┌┤LINES├┐ 12 61 30 20 15 12 10 8 7 6 6 │█ │
│ │ │ ───── │ 17 71 35 23 17 14 11 10 8 7 7 │█ │
│ │ └┤PAGE├─┘ 23 97 48 32 24 19 16 13 12 10 9 │█ │
│ │ 33 123 61 41 30 24 20 17 15 13 12 │█ │
│ ╘════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
17
INTRODUCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ MAXIMUM TEXT PAGES/SIDE SIZES AVAILABLE - EXECUTIVE LANDSCAPE ╞══════╕ │
│ │HORIZONTAL PAGES═══════> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 │█ │
│ │ PITCH═> 10 101 50 33 25 20 16 14 12 11 10 │█ │
│ │ ┌┤CHARACTERS├┐ 12 120 60 40 30 24 20 17 15 13 12 │█ │
│ │ │ ────────── │ 17 167 83 55 41 33 27 23 20 18 16 │█ │
│ │ └───┤LINE├───┘ 23 233 116 77 58 46 38 33 29 25 23 │█ │
│ │ 33 329 164 109 82 65 54 47 41 36 32 │█ │
│ │ VERTICAL PAGES═══════> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 │█ │
│ │ PITCH═> 10 39 19 13 9 7 6 5 4 4 3 │█ │
│ │ ┌┤LINES├┐ 12 53 26 17 13 10 8 7 6 5 5 │█ │
│ │ │ ───── │ 17 61 30 20 15 12 10 8 7 6 6 │█ │
│ │ └┤PAGE├─┘ 23 84 42 28 21 16 14 12 10 9 8 │█ │
│ │ 33 107 53 35 26 21 17 15 13 11 10 │█ │
│ ╘════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
The next figure shows a LASR_MAN output sheet with four text pages per side,
along with the definitions for many of the style measurements.
18
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 INTRODUCTION
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ║
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ │ ■ B │ ║
║ │─────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────│ ║
║ │ │ ^ │ ║
║ │ │ I │ ║
║ │ │ v │ ║
║ │ │ ┌──────────────────────┐ ┌──────────────────────┐ │ ║
║ │ │ │ ^ │ │ │ │ ║
║ │<─A─>│<─E─>│ G │ │ │<──F──>│ ║
║ │ │ │ v │ │ │ │ ║
║ │ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ║
║ │ │ │<─C─>▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓<─C─>│ │<─C─>▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓<─C─>│ │ ║
║ │ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ║
║ │ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ║
║ │ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓<───────D───────>▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ║
║ │ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ║
║ │ │ │ ^ ^ │ │ │ │ ║
║ │ │ │ G │ │ │ │ │ ║
║ │ │ │ v │ │ │ │ │ ║
║ │ │ └─────────────│────────┘ └──────────────────────┘ │ ║
║ │ │ │ │ ║
║ │ │ H │ ║
║ │ │ │ │ ║
║ │ │ ┌─────────────│────────┐ ┌──────────────────────┐ │ ║
║ │ │ │ ^ │ │ │ │ │ ║
║ │ │ │ G │ │ │ │ │ ║
║ │ │ │ v v │ │ │<────K───>│___ │ │ ║
║ │ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ ^ │ │ ║
║ │ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ │ ║
║ │ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ L │ │ ║
║ │ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ │ ║
║ │ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ │ ║
║ │ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓_v_ │ │ ║
║ │ │ │ ^ │ │ ^ │ │ ║
║ │ │ │ G │ │ └──Text Pages │ │ ║
║ │ │ │ v │ │ │ │ ║
║ │ │ └──────────────────────┘ └──────────────────────┘ │ ║
║ │ │ ^ ^ │ ║
║ │ │ J └──Text page/sheet border │ ║
║ │ │ v │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ ║
║ ║
║ A Vertical binding margin G Vertical text page margin ║
║ B Horizontal binding margin H Vertical text page divider ║
║ I Top sheet margin ║
║ C Horizontal text page margin J Bottom sheet margin ║
║ D Horizontal text page divider ║
║ E Left sheet margin K Characters per text page line ║
║ F Right sheet margin L Lines per text page ║
║ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
19
INTRODUCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
System Requirements
LASR_MAN will run on an IBM PC, XT, AT, or a true compatible. It has been tested
with PC-DOS/MS-DOS operating systems version 3.0 through 6.2 and requires 320K
of available memory. The program will determine what type of display monitor is
available and adjust itself accordingly. The program was developed using
Hewlett-Packard LaserJet IIP/IID and DeskJet 500 printers, and should work with
any LaserJet/DeskJet compatible printer. The program may also be used with other
laser or ink jet printers that use the Printer Control Language (PCL), after
defining their printer command codes in a configuration file. The configuration
file supplied was set up for a laser printer with PCL4 support and an ink jet
printer with PCL3+ capability.
Manual Format
This manual is divided into several introductory chapters followed by a chapter
for each LASR_MAN function menu. The format of these chapters, and the informa-
tion presented therein, has been standardized using the following conventions.
Page layout - Each page has a header detailing the chapter and the program ver-
sion covered. A footer displays the manual page number.
Brackets and parentheses - Brackets, [...], are used in the manual and in the
help screens to specify what should be entered in response to the current
prompt. If a character string is to be entered, the type of character is noted,
such as ALPHA, NUMERIC, ANY, etc. Parentheses, (..), are used for comments.
Computer key conventions - Keys specified in the manual text that are not in
entry brackets are shown as reversed text, such as ESCAPE . All key references
are in capital letters for clarity.
Action steps - Some procedures may require selection from a menu of options,
inputting data, or following a sequence of operations. Most manual sections will
first give an overview of the function or task under discussion and then detail
the various action operating procedures. In order to make this manual easier to
use, a symbol, -> , marks the beginning of each of these action operating proce-
dures.
■■■■_MAN programs - The general group of shareware programs by MicroMetric is
referred to by the name ■■■■_MAN. It may also be used in reference to a specific
program in that group.
Shareware distributed documentation manual - The documentation file included on
the shareware distribution diskette contains the same information as the printed
and bound manual, supplied as part of registration, with two exceptions, the
result of the word processor, formatting, and printer used. The first is that
all of the control display characters (ASCII 1-31) and the reverse print key-
board codes are NOT shown properly. Finally, bolding, underlining, and special
symbols are NOT present.
20
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 INTRODUCTION
Shareware
LASR_MAN is being distributed as SHAREWARE. The SHAREWARE concept allows users
to examine a program on a trial basis, at no (or minimal) charge, before pur-
chasing it. In addition, by decreasing marketing costs, professional quality
software may be distributed for a fraction of the cost of a comparable commer-
cial product. Regardless of whether you register the program, please help dis-
tribute LASR_MAN by sharing unmodified copies of it and its files with others.
You are hereby granted the right to use the LASR_MAN program for a thirty (30)
day evaluation period. If you find LASR_MAN of value, and continue to use it
after this evaluation period, YOU MUST REGISTER YOUR PROGRAM USE. This will
provide you with:
* A 7" x 8 1/2" printed and bound manual.
* LASR_MAN phone or mail support for one year.
* Notification of the next major LASR_MAN release.
* A diskette containing the latest version of the program along with supple-
mental files that include additional soft font typefaces.
* Ability to suppress the shareware registration reminder message displayed
at the end of the program.
* An installation/update/registration branding program.
* Our sincere thanks for your support of the SHAREWARE concept.
A Single System Program Registration entitles the user to unlimited use of the
LASR_MAN program on a single computer.
A Site License Program Registration entitles the user to unlimited use of the
LASR_MAN program on all computers, including networks, at a single corporate
location.
Program Registration, Single System . . . . . $40.
Includes latest version diskette and manual
Program Registration, Site License . . . . $200.
Includes latest version diskette and manual
Latest Version Diskette only . . . . . . . . $5.
Shipping - Surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . $5.
Shipping - Air (for outside of USA/Canada only) $12.
COD orders (USA only), add $5.
Florida residents, add 7% sales tax.
COD and Credit Card orders may be placed by calling the toll free order line.
You should specify diskette size and density desired. If none is specified, 3½"
DSHD will normally be supplied.
ADDRESS: MicroMetric
98 Dade Avenue
Sarasota, FLorida 34232-1609 USA
PHONE: Technical Support (813) 377-2515
FAX . . . . . . . (813) 377-2091
Support BBS . . . (813) 371-2490
Order Line . . . (800) 929-0184
21
INTRODUCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
For ease in program registration, a registration order form may be printed at
the program exit or there is a quick registration form that is available with
the program F1 help key.
This program is produced by a member of the Association of Shareware Profession-
als (ASP). ASP wants to make sure that the shareware principal works for you. If
you are unable to resolve a shareware-related problem with an ASP member by
contacting the member directly, ASP may be able to help. The ASP Ombudsman can
help you resolve a dispute or problem with an ASP member, but does not provide
technical support for members' products. Please write to the ASP Ombudsman at
545 Grover Road, Muskegon, MI 49442-9427, send a CompuServe message via easyplex
to ASP Ombudsman 70007,3536, or by FAX to the ASP FAX number: (616) 788-2765. In
communications with the Ombudsman please include a telephone number and/or FAX
if available.
INDX-IT!
INDX-IT! is a commercial software product that works in conjunction with
LASR_MAN, as a companion program to produce document indexes and lists of key
words in formatted reports.
There are LASR_MAN PRINT function options to both allow generation of a disk
file with key words extracted from documents as they are printed and to inter-
face with INDX-IT!, to generate indexes and reports.
These options ARE ONLY AVAILABLE in LASR_MAN if the INDX-IT! program is present.
If INDX-IT! is not present, you should ignore all references to it in this manu-
al.
22
INSTALLING THE SYSTEM
Installation on Non-Path Referenced Directories
If the LASR_MAN files are not located on PATH referenced directories, then, when
executing LASR_MAN, either:
1. The drive-directory on which they are located must be made the current
one, or
2. The drive-directory on which they are located must be specified on the
command line.
See the chapter "Running LASR_MAN" for more complete details on operation if the
files are not located on path directories.
From a Diskette Vendor
If the LASR_MAN program has been obtained from a diskette vendor, you should
follow any of their instruction on unpacking/installing the programs (if indeed
they have separate instructions.) The program, and its files, can be supplied as
a self extracting file whose name is "LMANvvvA.EXE" (vvv is the version, such as
"LMAN100A").
This file should first be copied to a directory on your hard disk. This direc-
tory may be a new one, such as one named "LP", and created specifically for
LASR_MAN, or a current one, such as "UTILITY", that has other programs/files.
For information on creating a separate directory, see your DOS manual.
Once the file is copied to the desired hard disk directory, at the DOS prompt
change to this drive directory, and then type the EXE file name (such as
"LMAN100A") and press ENTER . This will unpack all of the LASR_MAN files.
From a BBS
If the LASR_MAN file was downloaded from a Bulletin Board, it should first be
copied to a directory as defined above, and then unpacked, using whatever pro-
gram is specified by the Bulletin Board. It is normally distributed with a name
of "LMANvvvA.ZIP" (vvv is the version) or "LMANvv.ZIP" and requires PKUNZIP,
version 2, to unpack the files.
The user manual (this document) may be printed out by LASR_MAN, but only after
it is installed. (Sort of like the chicken and egg problem, isn't it!)
Registered Version
Registered users should use the program "INSTALL", that is supplied upon regis-
tration. This program will create a registration file which will, in turn, sup-
press the shareware registration reminders. If the system is already installed,
and only "BRANDING" the system with the registration information is desired, you
can run the program "LASR_MAN", and when exiting, select the "BRAND" option by
pressing F4 .
-> To INSTALL LASR_MAN on your hard disk, or to upgrade to a new release, follow
the steps detailed below:
23
INSTALLING THE SYSTEM LASR_MAN Version 6.0
1. Place the LASR_MAN distribution diskette in your floppy diskette drive.
2. At the DOS prompt, change to the drive in which the distribution diskette is
located. For example, if the diskette was placed in drive A, type A : and
press ENTER .
3. Type I N S T A L L and press ENTER . The installation program
will then be loaded, and its display should be as shown below.
╒■╡ INSTallation MANagement Program ╞══════════╡ Started at═>12-31-99 08:00 ╞═╕
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄░│
│░ Ç ░░█ ░░░▄ ░░█░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀░░█▀▀▀ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█░│
│░ ┌┼┐ ░░█ ░░█░░▄░░█░░░░░░░░▄ ░░█ ░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█░│
│░ ┌┴┐ ░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█ ░░█ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█░│
│░═┴═┴═░░█ ░░█ ░░█░░░░░░░░█ ░░█ ░░░░░░▄ ░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█░│
│░ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀░│
╘╡ INST_MAN Version 4.40 Copyright 1990-94 MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>Exit│<┘/[char]>Select│ HomeEnd│
NOTE Context sensitive help is available from this point in the installa-
tion program on, by pressing the F1 key. For more information on
the help available, see the "Help Key" section in the "Running
LASR_MAN" chapter.
NOTE INST_MAN is "mouse" aware, and, if a mouse driver is detected, mouse
support is provided. Availability of this mouse support is displayed
by a solid block added on the top line at the left for all affected
menus. Rather than a mouse cursor, mouse movement is displayed by
moving the highlight bar of the currently active menu. Pressing the
LEFT mouse button is equivalent to pressing the ENTER key. The
RIGHT mouse button is equivalent to the ESCAPE key. The CENTER
button is the same as the F1 key.
4. If a color video card is detected, the following prompt will be displayed.
┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔■╡ Color Monitor Card Detected ╞═╗ │
│ ║ Use the color display ║█ │
│ ║ Force a monochrome display ║█ │
│ ╚═════════════════════════════════╝█ │
│ ███████████████████████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
-> If your system has a COLOR MONITOR, press U .
-> If your system has a MONOCHROME or LCD display, press F .
5. A selection list of all path referenced directories is next displayed.
24
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM
NOTE Although LASR_MAN will run from a non-path directory, placing its
files on any path-referenced directory(s) allows the directory from
which files are to be printed to be set as the current directory,
before executing the program.
┌────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ Select the INSTALLATION DIRECTORY ├─┐ │
│ │ C:\BAT │█ │
│ │ C:\DOS-500 │█ │
│ │ C:\UTILITY │█ │
│ │ C:\ZIP │█ │
│ │ C:\ │█ │
│ │ User Defined Drive-Directory Path │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL the installation program at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To SELECT one of the path referenced directories on which to install
LASR_MAN, move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER .
-> To SPECIFY a non-path referenced directory on which to install LASR_MAN,
press U and then press ENTER . A data entry window for the installation
path will then be displayed, as shown below (with an example path already
entered). Enter the desired drive and directory path on which to install
LASR_MAN, using the control keys described on the bottom help line.
NOTE INSTALL can only create directories one level deeper than that
which currently exists. If the directory C:\ABC exists, the di-
rectory C:\ABC\XYZ may be created; if C:\ABC does not already
exist, an error will occur.
┌────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ Enter Path ├────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ C:\LP │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL defining the path, press ESCAPE . The program will return to
directory selection.
-> To ACCEPT the path as entered and edited, press ENTER . If the speci-
fied directory does not currently exist, the following message will be
displayed.
┌────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ MESSAGE ├───────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ The drive-directory path as entered DOES NOT currently exist. │█ │
│ │ This directory WILL NOW BE created. │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL creation of this directory, press ESCAPE .
-> To CREATE it, press ENTER . If the specified drive is invalid or
the requested installation directory's parent does not exist, an
error message will be displayed.
25
INSTALLING THE SYSTEM LASR_MAN Version 6.0
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ MESSAGE ├────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ The drive-directory path as entered CANNOT BE CREATED. │█ │
│ │ Please edit and CORRECT this path. │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
Press any key, and then re-edit the installation path.
6. A TYPE OF INSTALLATION selection menu will next be displayed. INSTALL will
process either ■■■■_MAN SYSTEMS or their SUPPLEMENTAL FILES.
SYSTEMS consist of the files necessary for basic program operation.
SUPPLEMENTAL FILES contain additional information needed to accomplish added
support or increased functionality.
┌───────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔■╡ TYPE OF INSTALLATION ╞═╗ │
│ ║ Systems - Programs ║█ │
│ ║ supplemental Files ║█ │
│ ║ eXit Installation ║█ │
│ ╚══════════════════════════╝█ │
│ ████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────┘
-> To INSTALL one or more SYSTEMS at this time, press S . A menu of avail-
able SYSTEMS will then be displayed. For further installation instruc-
tions, go to Step 7.
-> To INSTALL one or more SUPPLEMENTAL FILES at this time, press F . A menu
of the available SUPPLEMENTAL FILES will then be displayed. For further
installation instructions, go to Step 11.
-> To EXIT the INSTALL program at this time, press X .
7. If more than one system is available for installation, a SYSTEM TO INSTALL
selection menu will be displayed, as shown below.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔■╡ TAG ╞╡ Select the SYSTEM(S) TO INSTALL ╞═════════════════════════════╗ │
│ ║ DMAN100 SINGLE SCREEN data/graphical summary all disk drives ║█ │
│ ║ EMAN100 Environment data summary, environ. space remaining ║█ │
│ ║ FMAN100 Menu driven DOS file manager, directory tree ║█ │
│ ║ LMAN100A Print text files on a laser printer in many styles ║█ │
│ ║ MMAN100 Display custom user selection menus from batch files ║█ │
│ ║ PMAN100 Determines if a file is on a PATH directory ║█ │
│ ║ VMAN100 Display and edit files in both ASCII and Hex ║█ │
│ ║ ------ eXIT SELECTION AND INSTALL ALL TAGGED (√) ------ ║█ │
│ ╚════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To TERMINATE the installation program at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To TOGGLE the INSTALL TAG for a given SYSTEM, press its highlighted letter
or move the highlight bar to in with the arrow keys and press ENTER . A
[√] character to the left of the SYSTEM name denotes that this SYSTEM will
be installed.
-> To CONCLUDE the SYSTEM selection process, press X . The INSTALLATION
26
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM
FUNCTION menu for each selected system will then be displayed.
8. A list of all of the selected SYSTEMS files is next displayed, along with an
INSTALLATION FUNCTION menu. The normal sequence of operations is to first
"Install" the SYSTEM program and files, and then "Brand" the SYSTEM with your
name and serial number.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒■╡ Select the INSTALLATION FUNCTION ╞═══════════════════╕ │
│ │ Install system Brand system eXit │█ │
│ ╘════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│╒■╡ File Name Status Hard Disk Path/File Description LMAN600A FILES ╞═╕ │
││ System═>LASR_MAN Prints text files on a laser printer in many styles │█│
││ LASR_MAN.EXE PROCESS Laser printer utility program │█│
││ LASR_MAN.LMG PROCESS Printer control parameters configuration file │█│
││ *.lmc PROCESS Change configuration files │█│
││ *.lmf PROCESS Basic soft fonts for all styles, HP IID/P/III/IV │█│
││ *.lmo PROCESS Option files │█│
││ *.lms PROCESS Style files │█│
││ *.lmv PROCESS Sample cover file with big letters │█│
││ lasr_man.hlp PROCESS Help information file for LASR_MAN │█│
││ lasr_man.ico PROCESS Windows LASR_MAN icon │█│
││ lasr_man.lmu PROCESS Distribution setup file │█│
││ lasr_man.pif PROCESS Windows LASR_MAN PIF file │█│
││ pages_*.doc PROCESS Documents for test printing │█│
││ readme*.lm PROCESS Readme file(s) │█│
│╘══════════════════════════════════════════════╡ INSTALLATION PATH═>C:\LP ╞═╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To INSTALL the SYSTEM on the hard disk, insure that the highlight bar is
on the "INSTALL SYSTEM" FUNCTION and press ENTER . Each of the file(s)
will be copied to the selected installation drive-directory.
NOTE A happy face symbol after any of the SYSTEM's file names denotes
that this file is already on the hard disk. During installation
it will be replaced, on the directory where it currently resides,
not the INSTALLATION DRIVE-DIRECTORY PATH.
NOTE Installation may be semi-automatic from this point, in that if no
user response is made to any prompt within ten seconds of it's
display, the program will continue as if the highlighted or de-
fault response was made.
If any of the files to be installed is already present, a ACTION menu will
be displayed during its installation.
27
INSTALLING THE SYSTEM LASR_MAN Version 6.0
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ Highlighted file(s) already present. ACTION? ├─┐ │
│ │ Erase current file(s) and update │█ │
│ │ erase and update this and All later file(s) │█ │
│ │ Leave current file(s) 'as is' │█ │
│ │ leave current and Skip the remaining file(s) │█ │
│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To PROCESS the current file, select the proper ACTION to take by press-
ing its highlighted letter or moving the highlight bar to it and press-
ing ENTER .
As files are copied or replaced, an action message with the individual
file name will be displayed, as shown below.
┌───────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ ACTION ├───────────┐ │
│ │ Copy LASR_MAN.EXE │█ │
│ └──────────────────────┘█ │
│ ████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────┘
When all files have been copied to the hard disk, a copy complete message
is displayed.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ MESSAGE ├──────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ FILE COPY COMPLETED. │█ │
│ │ All of the required LASR_MAN files are on the hard disk. │█ │
│ │ ═══> LASR_MAN IS READY TO RUN. <═══ │█ │
│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL the installation at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To CONTINUE with the installation, press any other key. The highlight
bar will then be on the "BRAND SYSTEM" FUNCTION.
9. To brand the system with your name and serial number, move the highlight bar
to the "BRAND SYSTEM" FUNCTION and press ENTER . A REGISTRATION INFORMATION
data entry window will be displayed, as shown below, with sample data already
entered.
NOTE This step is REQUIRED for LASR_MAN to be registered. Also, if you
move the LASR_MAN files to another drive-directory you will need to
"BRAND" the system again.
Enter your company and/or your name, and then the system registration
number. Your registration number is located on the back cover of this
manual.
28
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM
┌──────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ REGISTRATION INFORMATION ├────────┐ │
│ │ Name ABC COMPANY, George Jones │█ │
│ │ Registration number 12345678 │█ │
│ └─────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ███████████████████████████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To ACCEPT either the name or registration number after entry and edit-
ing, press ENTER . A message will be displayed after the registration
number is entered. It's contents are dependent on whether the registra-
tion number is valid. Both messages are shown below.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├──────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ LASR_MAN serial number entered is VALID. │█ │
│ └──────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────┘
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ LASR_MAN serial number entered is INVALID! │█ │
│ │ Please try again. │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CONTINUE with the installation program, press any key. If the
registration number was valid, the "EXIT" option is highlighted. If
it was invalid, select the "BRAND SYSTEM" option again.
10. To exit from this SYSTEMS installation function, move the highlight bar to
the "EXIT" FUNCTION and press ENTER . If the SYSTEM has been properly
branded, it is ready for use, and the program will either install the next
selected SYSTEM, Step 8, or return to the TYPE OF INSTALLATION MENU, Step
6. If the system has not been branded, an error message is displayed, as
shown below.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ This system has not been 'BRANDED'. │█ │
│ │ In order to be registered, it must first be 'BRANDED'! │█ │
│ │ To exit without BRANDING, press ESCAPE. │█ │
│ │ To continue with the INSTALL program, press any other key. │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
11. The INST_MAN program allows any of several SUPPLEMENTAL FILES to be in-
stalled. If more than one SUPPLEMENTAL FILE is available for installation
a SUPPLEMENTAL FILE(S) TO INSTALL selection menu is displayed. Only SUP-
PLEMENTAL FILES that are available for installation are displayed in the
"Select a SUPPLEMENTAL FILE(S) TO INSTALL" menu.
TAG all SUPPLEMENTAL FILES that are to be installed.
NOTE The SUPPLEMENTAL FILES containing font data should be loaded by
29
INSTALLING THE SYSTEM LASR_MAN Version 6.0
users of DeskJet, LaserJet +, LaserJet II printers and compatibles.
PRINTER REQUIRED OPTIONAL
LaserJet + LMAN1_0B LMAN1_4E
LMAN1_5F
LMAN1_6G
LaserJet II LMAN2L0C LMAN2L4H
LMAN2L5I
LMAN2L6J
LMAN2P4K
LMAN2P5L
LMAN2P6M
LaserJet IIP/IID/III/IV - LMAN2P4K
LMAN2P5L
LMAN2P6M
DeskJet(no memory) LMAN3_0D
DeskJet(+ memory) LMAN3_0D LMAN3_4N
LMAN3_5O
LMAN3_6P
┌────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔■╡ TAG ╞╡ Select the FILE(S) TO INSTALL ╞════════════════════════╗ │
│ ║ LMAN1_0B Type 1 Basic soft font files, LaserJet + ║█ │
│ ║ LMAN2L0C Type 2 Basic soft font files, LaserJet II ║█ │
│ ║ LMAN3_0D Type 3 Basic soft font files, DeskJet ║█ │
│ ║ LMAN1_4E Type 1 MM Helvic font files, LaserJet + ║█ │
│ ║ LMAN1_5F Type 1 MM Times Roman font files, LaserJet + ║█ │
│ ║ LMAN1_0F Type 1 MM Times Roman font files, LaserJet + ║█ │
│ ║ LMAN1_6G Type 1 MM Letter Gothic font files, LaserJet + ║█ │
│ ║ LMAN2L4H Type 2 MM Helvic Landscape, LaserJet II ║█ │
│ ║ LMAN2L5I Type 2 MM Times Roman Landscape, LaserJet II ║█ │
│ ║ LMAN2L6J Type 2 MM Letter Gothic Landscape, LaserJet II ║█ │
│ ║ √ LMAN2P4K Type 2 MM Helvic Portrait, LaserJet 2/3/4 ║█ │
│ ║ √ LMAN2P5L Type 2 MM Times Roman Portrait, LaserJet 2/3/4 ║█ │
│ ║ √ LMAN2P6M Type 2 MM Letter Gothic Portrait, LaserJet 2/3/4 ║█ │
│ ║ LMAN3_4N Type 3 MM Helvic font files, DeskJet ║█ │
│ ║ LMAN3_5O Type 3 MM Times Roman font files, DeskJet ║█ │
│ ║ LMAN3_6P Type 3 MM Letter Gothic font files, DeskJet ║█ │
│ ║ ------ eXIT SELECTION AND INSTALL ALL TAGGED (√) ------ ║█ │
│ ╚═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To EXIT from the INST_MAN program at this point without installing a SUP-
PLEMENTAL FILE, press ESCAPE .
-> To TOGGLE the INSTALL TAG for any SUPPLEMENTAL FILE (noted by a [√] char-
acter to the left of the FILE name), press its highlighted letter or move
the highlight bar using the cursor control keys to the desired SUPPLEMEN-
TAL FILE and then press ENTER .
-> To TERMINATE the SUPPLEMENTAL FILE selection process, press X .
12. A list of all of the selected files of the SUPPLEMENTAL FILE(S) is next
displayed, along with an INSTALLATION FUNCTION menu.
30
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Select the INSTALLATION FUNCTION ╞═══════════════════╕ │
│ │ Install files eXit │█ │
│ ╘════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│╒■╡ File Name Status Hard Disk Path/File Description LMAN2P4K FILES ╞═╕ │
││ Files═>LASR_MAN Type 2 MM Helvic Portrait, LaserJet 2/3/4 │█│
││ *.LMF PROCESS LASR_MAN font description and soft font files │█│
│╘══════════════════════════════════════════════╡ INSTALLATION PATH═>C:\LP ╞═╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To INSTALL the selected SUPPLEMENTAL FILE on the hard disk, insure that
the highlight bar is on the "INSTALL FILES" FUNCTION and press ENTER .
Each of the file(s) will be copied to the selected installation drive-
directory.
NOTE A happy face symbol after any of the SUPPLEMENTAL FILE's file
names denotes that this file is already on the hard disk. During
installation it will be replaced, on the directory where it cur-
rently resides, not the INSTALLATION DRIVE-DIRECTORY PATH.
NOTE Installation may be semi-automatic from this point, in that if no
user response is made to any prompt within ten seconds of it's
display, the program will continue as if the highlighted or de-
fault response was made.
If any of the files to be installed is already present, a ACTION menu will
be displayed during its installation.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ Highlighted file(s) already present. ACTION? ├─┐ │
│ │ Erase current file(s) and update │█ │
│ │ erase and update this and All later file(s) │█ │
│ │ Leave current file(s) 'as is' │█ │
│ │ leave current and Skip the remaining file(s) │█ │
│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To PROCESS the current file, select the proper ACTION to take by press-
ing its highlighted letter or moving the highlight bar to it and press-
ing ENTER .
When all files have been copied to the hard disk, a copy complete message
is displayed.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ MESSAGE ├──────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ FILE COPY COMPLETED. │█ │
│ │ All of the required LASR_MAN files are on the hard disk. │█ │
│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL the installation at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To CONTINUE with the installation, press any other key.
31
INSTALLING THE SYSTEM LASR_MAN Version 6.0
13. To exit from this SUPPLEMENTAL FILE installation function, move the high-
light bar to the "EXIT" FUNCTION and press ENTER . The program will ei-
ther install the next selected SUPPLEMENTAL FILE, Step 11, or return to
the TYPE OF INSTALLATION MENU, Step 6.
32
RUNNING LASR_MAN
The easiest and quickest way to run LASR_MAN is to change the current drive and
directory to that on which you installed it, and just type the program's name,
"LASR_MAN". None of the options detailed below are normally required to run the
program - they (sometimes) just make it easier!
The complete syntax for running LASR_MAN is:
[d:][directory_path]LASR_MAN [option_a][option_b][...]
where: d: is the drive on which LASR_MAN.EXE is located.
directory_path is the path to the subdirectory on which the program
is located.
option_x are various program options whose functions and format are
described below.
NOTE Drive and directory path are not required if "LASR_MAN.EXE", and its
associated files are located on PATH referenced directories.
Normally, command line options ARE NOT necessary to run LASR_MAN.
-> To RUN LASR_MAN properly one of the following three conditions must be
met:
1. LASR_MAN is located on a path referenced directory.
2. LASR_MAN is located on the current drive and directory. This is the
normal and most common use of LASR_MAN.
3. The drive and directory on which LASR_MAN is located are specified
on the command line before the program name.
The command line options can provide information to LASR_MAN that will override
the default options in effect at the beginning of the program. They are not
normally required.
These options may also be specified by use of an environment variable, "LASER".
For example, to set tabs equal to four spaces and the STYLE OF OUTPUT for PAM-
PHLET TYPE - 2 pages/side, the following DOS command can be used:
set LASER=/WA4/SPLLL221
Additionally, all of these options, except for GRAPHICS, may be changed within
the program. The order in which the LASR_MAN options are set is:
1. Program stored default settings.
2. Environment variable "LASER".
3. Command line options.
4. Program menus.
Program Operation with Microsoft Windows
LASR_MAN may be run as a DOS application under Windows. To aid in its operation,
an icon file, "LASR_MAN.ICO", and a program information file, "LASR_MAN.PIF",
have been included. These should be installed into a Windows program group. See
33
RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 6.0
your Microsoft Windows manual for specific installation details.
NOTE To run LASR_MAN under windows and use a Microsoft compatible mouse,
load the DOS mouse driver BEFORE loading Windows.
NOTE LASR_MAN is not a Windows program and uses its own fonts. When it is
run under Windows, it should be the only program sending output to the
printer.
Command Line/Environment Options
The format of the LASR_MAN program options is:
/{X}{option_value}
where: X is the option code which may be either lower or upper case.
option_value is the data required for setting this specific option.
A value of '*' will select the default for that option.
NOTE The options may appear in any order in the environment variable or
on the command line. Each option must be preceded by a '/'. Spaces
may be used after any option string for clarity but they are not re-
quired.
An example of two options used to set LASR_MAN for the BOOK STYLE OF OUTPUT
with two pages per side and legal paper size and ignore form feeds in the
text file:
/SBGLL221/WFN
34
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 RUNNING LASR_MAN
Summary of All Available Options
The individual LASR_MAN command line/environment options are listed below, and
then detailed in the following sections in alphabetical order. The letter in
parenthesis after the option denotes which type of file the option is normally
stored in: (O), option file, or (U), program setup file.
Archive Bit Status (O) Which files will be displayed for selection
Change Configuration File (O) Modify the printer command parameters for this
execution only
Cover File (O) . Specify a cover file to print before other selected files
Drive-Directory Path (O) The drive-directory from which files will be select-
ed/printed
File - File Mask (O) The file to be printed or the file mask to use for
selection
Graphics (U) . . How fast the logo animation will be displayed
Line/page limit (O) Maximum lines per page for the selected files
Monitor (U) . . . Can force a monochrome display
Mouse (U) . . . . Mouse parameters of sensitivity and button assignment
Option File . . . Option file of saved setting to load
Option Switches (O) Individual option switch settings
Output To (O) . . Port or file to which output is to be directed
Paper Source Bin (U) Paper source bin of paper to print
Printer Type (U) Type of printer to be supported
Print Font Usage (U) Specify which pitch(es) should load soft fonts
STAMP-IT! (O) . . STAMP-IT! halftone "rubber" stamp
Style of Output File (O) Selected style of output options file
Title (O) . . . . Text page header/footer
Typeface (O) . . Selected typeface to use
User Display Level (U) Background information display
User Menu Level (U) Function menu options that will be available
ARCHIVE BIT STATUS
A [archive] The ARCHIVE OPTION specifies which files will be displayed for se-
lection: all files or only those that have changed and that have their
archive bit set on.
Additionally, if only changed files are selected, the archive bit may
be reset after the file(s) is printed.
C on, Clear Only files with their archive bit on will be available
for selection. The archive bit WILL BE set to off after the file is
printed.
E Either on/off (Default) All files regardless of their archive bit
status will be available for selection. The archive bit WILL NOT be
changed after the file is printed.
O On, leave Only files with their archive bit on will be available
for selection. The archive bit WILL NOT be changed after the file is
printed.
An example archive option to use only changed files:
35
RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 6.0
/AO
CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILE
C [change configuration] The CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILE OPTION allows the print-
er parameters to be modified for the current program execution only.
-> To USE modified parameters, create a parameter file with an exten-
sion of ".LMC". For an example of the format of this file, see
"NONOPAGE.LMC". See the chapter "EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE" for
information on changing the printer commands and creating change
files.
-> The SYNTAX to specify the path of a change configuration parameter
file is:
[file_name.extension]
NOTE The file extension, ".LMC", is optional and is not re-
quired. The Change Configuration file must be located in
the same directory as the program or in the appropriate
directory off of the program directory.
An example change configuration file specification is:
/CE:\UTILITY\LP\NEW1-CONT.LMC
COVER FILE
V [coVer] The COVER FILE OPTION specifies a cover file, one with an extension
of ".LMV" normally located on a path referenced directory, to be print-
ed before the selected files(s). For more details on cover files, see
the section "COVER FILES" in the "OPTIONS FUNCTION" chapter.
-> The SYNTAX to specify the path of a cover file is:
[file_name.extension]
NOTE The file extension, ".LMV", is optional and is not re-
quired. The Cover file must be located in the same directo-
ry as the program or in the appropriate sub-directory off
of the program directory.
An example cover file specification is:
/VE:\UTILITY\LASR_MAN\LISTINGS.LMV
DRIVE-DIRECTORY PATH
D [drive-directory] The DRIVE-DIRECTORY PATH OPTION may be used to specify the
drive and directory from which files are to be selected and printed.
-> The SYNTAX to specify a drive and directory for the files to be
36
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 RUNNING LASR_MAN
printed other than the current one is:
[{drive:}{directory_path}]
-> To SPECIFY use of the drive and directory that were the current ones
when the program was loaded, use:
[*]
This will also over-ride any drive-directory specified in an ini-
tially loaded option file. For instance, if the default option file
"LASR_MAN.LMO" contains a drive-directory option, but the command
line option "/D*" is used, the drive-directory in effect when the
program is loaded will be used.
An example drive-directory specification is:
/DE:\COMPILER\SOURCE
FILE - FILE MASK
F [file] The FILE OPTION may be used to select a single file for printing or
to specify a group of files to be displayed for printing selection. The
default value is "*.*".
-> The SYNTAX to specify a single file to be printed is:
[filename.extension]
NOTE Using this option, the file selection/tag process is auto-
matic if the file specified is located on the selected
drive/directory.
-> The SYNTAX to specify a file mask for file printing selection is:
[filename.extension]
NOTE The normal DOS wildcard characters of '?' and '*' may be
used.
An example file specification is:
/FLASR_MAN.DOC
An example file mask specification of w?l?c?r?.* is:
/FW?L?C?R?.*
GRAPHICS
G [graphics] The GRAPHICS OPTION specifies how fast the logo graphics anima-
tion will be displayed during the wait for Function/Option selection.
The default graphics option is 25.
37
RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 6.0
nnn Display the animation logo graphics at this relative speed where
nnn is a one to three digit number (1 is faster, 999 is slower).
NOTE Registered users have two additional GRAPHICS OPTIONS avail-
able -
0 Display the logo graphics but suppress the animation.
-1 Suppress the logo graphics display and animation.
An example graphics option to speed up the animation is:
/G15
LINE/PAGE LIMIT
I [lIne/page limit] The LINE/PAGE LIMIT OPTION specifies the maximum lines per
page for the selected text files. It is especially useful where the
input file does not use form feed characters, and the output page
length is longer that the nominal input file page length. An example
would be an input file with a sixty-six line page length, and an output
page length of 72 lines. The default value is 999.
nnn Use this number as the maximum lines per page on output.
An example of a line/page limit option for forcing a 60 line input page
limit is:
/I60
MONITOR
M monitor The MONITOR OPTION can force the display to be set for a monochrome
monitor. This is of primary use where a monochrome monitor is used with
a color card or where both color and monochrome monitors are used with
a system.
V GA
E GA (Default) Do not force a monochrome display. Use the type of
monitor detected, and, if color, sixteen background colors.
C GA If a color monitor is detected, limit the number of background
colors to eight.
M onochrome Force a monochrome display.
An example of a monitor option for forcing a monochrome monitor is:
/MM
38
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 RUNNING LASR_MAN
MOUSE PARAMETERS
M [mouse] The MOUSE OPTIONS define how sensitive the mouse will be and which
mouse buttons will perform what actions. Mouse speed and sensitivity
are controlled by the number of mouse "mickeys" per screen pixel in
both the horizontal (X) and vertical (Y) directions. The larger
these values are, the slower the mouse speed and the less sensitive
it will be. The default values are X=128 and Y=64.
Xnnn Horizontal mouse sensitivity in mickeys per screen pixel.
Ynnn Vertical mouse sensitivity in mickeys per screen pixel.
Ln Left button assignment (1=Left button acts as left, 2=Left button
acts as right button.
1nn Left button keystroke assignment (default= 13, CR). Keystroke
assignments are the ASCII code for normal characters and the
negative extended ASCII code for special characters.
2nn Right button keystroke assignment (default= 27, ESCAPE).
4nn Center button keystroke assignment (default= -59, F1).
An example of a mouse parameter option reassigning the center button to
the F2 key would be -
/M4-60
OPTION FILE
O [option] The OPTION FILE OPTION will load previously saved option setting
sets.
-> To USE modified options, first change the desired ones while running
the program and then, before exiting, save them (EXIT Function).
This file may then be loaded either through the command
line/environment option file parameter or via the program menus.
-> The SYNTAX to specify the name of a option file is:
[option file name.ext]
NOTE The file extension, ".LMO", is optional and is not re-
quired. Option files must be located on the same directory
as the program or in the appropriate sub-directory off of
the program directory.
An example option file specification is:
/OSOURCE1.LMO
NOTE If the option file "LASR_MAN.LMO" exists, it will be automati-
39
RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 6.0
cally loaded, if an OPTION FILE OPTION is not specified on the
command line.
OPTION SWITCHES
W [option switches] The OPTION SWITCH OPTIONS are used to set the various op-
tion switches. Each switch must be specified completely for it to be
set (all three - or more - characters).
P file Page start OPTION SWITCH determines whether new files will be
started on the next odd page when printing in multiple pages per
side, PAMPHLET TYPE or BOOK TYPE styles.
A ny (Default) Start printing the next file on the next
available page.
O dd Start printing the next file on the next odd numbered
page skipping any even numbered page.
s I de Start the next file on the next paper sheet side.
s H eet Start the next file on the next paper sheet.
An example of specifying that each file start on an odd numbered
page is:
/WPO
T switch Titles OPTION SWITCH will switch the left and right title
section data fields on even numbered pages.
Y es Switch left and right title section data fields on even
numbered pages.
N o (Default) Do not switch title sections on even numbered pages.
An example of specifying that left and right title section will be
swapped every page is:
/WTY
F print Form feeds OPTION SWITCH specifies how text form feed charac-
ters will be handled during printing.
Y es (Default) Print all text form feed characters.
N o Ignore all text form feed characters.
- Substitute a line of special characters for the form feed
character on output. This special character is defined in the
configuration file and may be changed.
An example of ignoring form feed characters is:
/WFN
H title Headers OPTION SWITCH is used to remove the headers from
title section data fields. Each title section data field, except the
custom field, has a header, such as "PAGE:" for the page data field.
40
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 RUNNING LASR_MAN
Y es (Default) Display and print all title headers.
N o Do not display or print all title headers.
An example of removing the title headers is:
/WHN
B Border type OPTION SWITCH is used to define the type of border, if
any, to be drawn around all of the text pages printed on one side of
the paper sheet, or, optionally, around each of the individual text
pages. The thickness of the lines used for printing the page borders
are defined in the configuration file and may be changed.
N one Do not draw any page borders.
L ine Draw a page border using a thin line.
B lock Draw a page border using a thick line.
S hadow (Default) Draw a page border using a shadow effect.
An example of specifying a page border with a thick line is:
/WBB
D page Dividers OPTION SWITCH is used to define the page dividers
that are normally included when multiple text pages are printed on
one side of a paper sheet. The horizontal divider is first defined
followed by the vertical divider. The thickness of the lines used
for printing the page dividers are defined in the configuration file
and may be changed.
L ine Print a thin line page divider between text pages.
B lock Print a thick line page divider.
I ndividual (Default) Print a page border around each individual
text page.
N one Do not print a page divider in this direction.
NOTE If the individual option is specified in either direction,
it is the one used for both directions.
An example of specifying a thin line horizontal divider and a thick
line vertical divider is:
/WDLB
W page floW OPTION SWITCH specifies the layout for sheets that con-
tain more than two text pages vertically per side.
H orizontal (Default) Text pages will be printed from left to
right along the top of the sheet, and then left to right along
the bottom.
V ertical The first text page will be printed on the upper left of
the sheet, with the next one directly below it.
An example of specifying vertical page flow is:
41
RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 6.0
/WWV
K blanK lines OPTION SWITCH can be used to suppress printing blank
text lines on output.
Y es (Default) Print blank text lines.
N o Do not print blank lines.
An example of suppressing blank lines in the output is:
/WKN
L no Left margin OPTION SWITCH can be used to suppress printing blank
spaces on the left of each text line. Normally these spaces will be
printed. This option switch is primarily used to decrease the line
length to allow use of a different STYLE OF OUTPUT.
nnn Suppress the specified number of blank spaces at the beginning
of each text line.
NOTE Only SPACES up to the first text character will be sup-
pressed. Any text characters in this area will be printed.
An example of specifying suppression of the ten left most spaces is:
/WL10
S Spaces/tab OPTION SWITCH specifies the number of spaces to use for
tab characters in the selected files that are printed. Additionally,
leading spaces of more than this number of characters will be pro-
cessed as if they were tab characters: for example, if spaces/tab=8,
24 leading spaces=3 tab characters. The default option is 8 spaces
per tab.
nnn Substitute the specified number of spaces for each tab charac-
ter.
An example of setting five spaces per tab:
/WS5
A tAb print width OPTION SWITCH specifies the number of spaces to
substitute for tab characters on output. The default option is a tab
print width of 8 spaces.
nnn Print the specified number of spaces for each tab character.
An example of setting a tab print width of three spaces is:
/WA3
X teXt word wrap OPTION SWITCH specifies how text lines longer than
the output line width are to be handled.
42
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 RUNNING LASR_MAN
+ (Default) Continue the text on the next line, preceded by a
line continuation character string. The line continuation
character string is defined in the configuration file and may
be changed.
C ut Truncate the text line on output.
Y es Word wrap long text lines with the text from the next line.
NOTE The "YES" option works well with paragraph type text (para-
graphs separated by two line feeds) but does not work with
graphical or tabular data which has lines longer the output
allowed.
An example of truncating all long text lines is:
/WXC
R print ctRl chrs OPTION SWITCH specifies how control characters
(ASCII 1-31) will be printed on output. This switch has two states.
N o Substitute a '■' character, or other user-defined character,
for all control characters.
Y es Print ASCII 1-31 characters "as is".
An example of specifying not to print control characters is:
/WRN
E datE display format OPTION SWITCH can be used to define the format
to be used for all dates.
1 (Default) MM DD YY, Month Day Year.
2 DD MM YY, Day Month Year.
3 YY MM DD, Year Month Day.
The format code may be followed by the desired character to use to
separate the date elements. The default character is '-'. To use the
'/' character, also used to separate options, specify '\'.
NOTE Although listed with all of the other options switches that
are normally stored in the option file, this option is part
of the program setup and is stored in the setup file.
An example of a european display date is:
/WE2.
This would produce date displays of "31.12.93" on the last day of
1993.
Y key word generation OPTION SWITCH can be used to produce a file
with key words and their locations when printing documents.
43
RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 6.0
Y es (Default) Generate key word file data when printing docu-
ments.
N o Do not generate key word file data.
NOTE This option is ONLY valid if the program INDX-IT! is pres-
ent. If it is not present, this option switch will be ig-
nored.
An example of generating key word data is:
/WYY
OUTPUT TO
T [output To] The OUTPUT TO OPTION specifies where the printed output will be
directed. Options include:
0 (Default) LPT1
1 LPT2
2 LPT3
3 COM1
4 COM2
5 COM3
6 COM4
7 Disk file, "LASR_MAN.PRN".
An example of directing the printer output to COM3 is:
/T5
PAPER SOURCE BIN
B [source Bin] The PAPER SOURCE BIN OPTION specifies from which paper source the
printer will feed paper to be printed. Options include:
5 DeskJet Tray (DeskJet Default) DeskJet Tray
D uplex Duplex, HP IID/IIID lower paper cassette
E pson Front Epson front paper cassette
F ront Cassette HP front paper cassette
L ower Cassette (LaserJet Default) HP lower paper cassette
T ray, Multi-Purpose Tray, HP IIP/IIIP
NOTE When either paper cassette is selected, the "REVERSE SECOND
PASS PRINTING OPTION" is set to "YES": when the tray or Duplex
is selected, it is set to "NO".
An example of specifying use of the LaserJet front paper cassette is:
/BF
44
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 RUNNING LASR_MAN
PRINTER TYPE
J [printer type] The PRINTER TYPE OPTION specifies what type of printer, laser
or ink jet, is to be used. Options include:
D DeskJet printer or compatible.
L (Default) LaserJet printer or compatible.
An example of supporting a LaserJet printer is:
/JL
PRINT FONT TO USE
N [priNt font to use] The PRINT FONT TO USE OPTION has two functions: general
font type to use, and individual font to use for a specific pitch.
G GENERAL The GENERAL FONT TYPE specifies what type of soft font
will normally be used. The default, for laser printers,
is Type 2 Portrait only. The default, for ink jet print-
ers, is none.
0 Letter Gothic Type One soft font (ASCII characters 32-127)
Portrait and Landscape normally used by LaserJet + printers.
(LaserJet Only)
1 Letter Gothic Type Two soft font (ASCII characters 32-255)
Portrait and Landscape normally used by LaserJet II printers.
(LaserJet Only)
2 (Default) Letter Gothic Type Two soft font (ASCII characters
32-255) Portrait only normally used by LaserJet IID/IIP/III/IV
printers. (LaserJet Only)
3 (Default) No soft fonts normally used by DeskJet printers
without additional memory. (DeskJet Only)
4 Letter Gothic Type Three soft font (ASCII characters 32-255)
Portrait and Landscape normally used by DeskJet printers with
additional memory. (DeskJet Only)
INDIVIDUAL FONTS
The method to use when printing each of the five available pitches
may also be specified. The default, for laser printers, is to use
the internal fonts for Pica, Elite and Line Printer and Type Two
portrait soft fonts for Small and Tiny. The default, for ink jet
printers, is to use the internal fonts.
The five available pitches are:
P Pica 10 characters per inch.
E Elite 12 characters per inch.
L Line printer 17 characters per inch.
S Small 23 characters per inch.
T Tiny 33 characters per inch.
45
RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 6.0
The two print methods are:
1 Use either an internal font or a cartridge font for this
pitch.
2 Use an external downloaded soft font for this pitch.
An example of specifying use of the Letter Gothic soft font (charac-
ters 32-255) for the Line Printer pitch is:
/NL2
An example of specifying the soft fonts for a LaserJet + printer or
compatible is:
/NG0
STAMP-IT!
E [stamp-it! rubbEr stamp] The STAMP-IT! OPTION specifies the method to use for
printing a half-tone "rubber stamp" on each printed text page and the
stamp text to print, up to forty upper case characters (ASCII 32-90).
The default is no rubber stamp half-tone.
N one No "rubber stamp" will be printed.
H orizontal Print the specified text as a half-tone horizontally
across the center of each printed text page.
V ertical Print the specified text as a half-tone centered verti-
cally across each printed text page from the top to the
bottom.
An example of specifying a "rubber stamp", to be printed horizontally
across the center of each text page, is:
/EHCOPY
STYLE OF OUTPUT
S [style] The STYLE OF OUTPUT OPTION selects a STYLE FILE containing the
desired STYLE options to use for output.
-> The SYNTAX to specify the name of a STYLE FILE is:
[option_file_name.ext]
STYLE FILES are named by the program using a code that allows quick
identification of the file's options. The name code is "TZOPSHV":
T Type of output - Normal, Pamphlet, or Book.
Z Size paper - Letter, leGal, A4, or Executive.
O Orientation - Portrait or Landscape.
S Sides to be printed - 1 or 2.
H Text pages horizontally - 1 to 10 (0).
V Text pages vertically - 1 to 10 (0).
46
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 RUNNING LASR_MAN
NOTE The STYLE FILE consists of many style options that could be
over-ridden by other command line options. However, this pro-
cedure is not recommended, and therefore the codes for those
style options are not documented here. The Style file must be
located on the program directory or in the appropriate sub-
directory off of the program directory.
An example of setting the STYLE OF OUTPUT for printing a BOOK TYPE,
Letter paper, Landscape, with two pages per side:
/SBLLL221
TITLE (HEADER/FOOTER)
H [title] The TITLE OPTION selects whether the first/last two lines on each
page will be used for a page header/footer or for file text.
H title Header (Default) A page title and a blank line are printed
at the top of each text page.
F title Footer A blank line and a page title are printed at the
bottom of each text page.
E title hEader/footer On sheets with one or two text pages, a page
title and a blank line are printed at the top of each text page. On
sheets with four and eight text pages per sheet, for the top text
pages a page title and a blank line are printed at the top of each
text page: for the bottom pages a blank line and page title are
printed at the bottom of each page.
O title fOoter/header On sheets with one or two text pages, a blank
line and a page title are printed at the bottom of each text page.
On sheets with four and eight text pages per sheet, for the top text
pages a page title and a blank line are printed at the top of each
text page: for the bottom pages a blank line and page title are
printed at the bottom of each page.
N No page title header No page title is printed at the top or bottom
of each text page. Instead, two more lines of text are printed on
each page.
NOTE It the selected title option character is followed by the
underline character, '_', the title will be underlined.
This title, if selected, is divided into three sections (Left, Center,
and Right). Any of the title data fields noted below may be used in any
of the title sections, and they may also be repeated. The defaults are
Left=F, Center=P, Right=A.
-> To SPECIFY a page title with the defaults, use only the title type
option character, such as H .
-> To USE title data fields other than the defaults, additional title
options with the title section data field identifier:
L Left
C Center
47
RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 6.0
R Right
followed by desired title section option identifier, shown in the
table below.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ [F]ILE: nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy hh:mm. FILE NAME, DATE, TIME │
│ f[I]LE: nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy....... FILE NAME, DATE │
│ fi[L]E: nnnnnnnn.eee................ FILE NAME │
│ [P]RINTED: mm-dd-yy hh:mm........ CURRENT DATE, TIME │
│ p[R]INTED: mm-dd-yy.............. CURRENT DATE │
│ p[A]GE: ppp................... OUTPUT PAGE NUMBER │
│ pa[G]E: ppp [ff-nnn].......... OUTPUT PAGE #, FILE #, FILE PAGE # │
│ [C]ustom................... USER ENTERED TEXT DATA │
│ [N]othing............... BLANK │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
NOTE If the C ustom user entered text data field option is se-
lected, it should be followed immediately by the desired
text data, preceded and terminated by single quote charac-
ters.
An example of an underlined title header with page number on the left
and file name only on the right is:
/HH_
/HLA
/HCN
/HLL
An example of a title footer without an underline, and with only a
center text field of [Sample Report] is:
/HF
/HLN
/HCC'Sample Report'
/HRN
An example of a title footer without an underline, and with the default
title segments is:
/HF
TYPEFACE
P [tyPeface] The TYPEFACE OPTION determines which of the available typefaces
will be used to print the output.
nn Number of the desired typeface.
An example of specifying use of the Courier Internal font is:
/P3
48
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 RUNNING LASR_MAN
USER DISPLAY LEVEL
Y [displaY] The USER DISPLAY LEVEL OPTION specifies the BACKGROUND INFORMATION
DISPLAY status. For a complete description of what information can be
displayed while waiting for menu selection, see the section "USER LEV-
ELS" in the "OPTIONS FUNCTION" chapter. The available options are:
FUNCTION MENU DISPLAY ONLY
0 No background display
1 (Default) Normal option data
2 Advanced option data
3 Expert option data
MAIN AND FUNCTION MENU DISPLAY
4 No background display
5 (Default) Normal option data
6 Advanced option data
7 Expert option data
An example of specifying a background information display to be shown
while waiting for all menus with the expert option data is:
/Y7
NOTE The USER DISPLAY LEVEL may also be toggled during program
operation at either the MAIN or FUNCTION menus by pressing the
TAB key.
USER MENU LEVEL
U [menU] The USER MENU LEVEL OPTION specifies what FUNCTION MENU OPTIONS will be
available. For a complete description of what menu options are avail-
able at each user level, see the section "USER LEVELS" in the "OPTIONS
FUNCTION" chapter. The available options are:
1 (Default) Normal options
2 Advanced options
3 Expert options
An example of specifying the advanced user level of menus is:
/U2
49
RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 6.0
HELP Key
Pressing the help key, F1 , displays a context sensitive help page window such
as shown below. The help page shown below is the first one available as shown by
the page number 0 in the upper right corner. Page 0 acts as a help page menu for
this program. The help page actually displayed when the help key is pressed
depends on the actions of the program and will be the most appropriate for the
program at that point. The bar shown on the right edge of the help window de-
picts the position of this screen with regard to the total text of the current
help page.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│╒═╡ Help Page 0 ═> HELP INDEX ╞═╕█│
││ SECTION FUNCTION Option USER LEVEL HELP PAGE ^█│
││ ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── ▒█│
││ INTRODUCTION........................................................ 1 ▒█│
││ MAIN MENU........................................................... 2 ▒█│
││ SETUP FUNCTION MENU........................................ 3 ▒█│
││ Data Path..........................(N).......... 4 ▒█│
││ Change Config File.................(A).......... 5 v█│
││ User Level.........................(N).......... 6 │█│
││ Printer............................(A).......... 7 │█│
││ Print Fonts to Use.................(A).......... 8 │█│
││ Monitor............................(E).......... 3 │█│
││ Change Menu Colors.................(E).......... 9 │█│
││ Date Format........................(E).......... A │█│
││ Restore Conf.......................(E).......... B │█│
││ Reload Defaults....................(E).......... C │█│
││ Restore Path.......................(E).......... D │█│
││ Save Options.......................(E).......... T │█│
││ OPTIONS FUNCTION MENU...................................... E │█│
││ Paper Size.........................(N).......... F │█│
││ Style of Output....................(N).......... G │█│
││ Page Title.........................(A).......... H │█│
│╘════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╡ MORE 1/3 ╞═╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
│ F1>Help Index│<┘/ESC>Exit Help│[1 9 A Z]>Help Page│Pageup Pagedown Home End│ │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To DISPLAY context sensitive help information while the program is waiting
for a response to a prompt, press F1 . The help window control keys are
covered below.
F1 0 . . Display Help Page Index Menu, Page 0
ESCAPE ENTER Remove Help Window & return to the program
HOME . . . Display first screen of the current Help Page
END . . . . Display last screen of the current Help Page
PAGE UP . . Display previous screen of the current Help Page
PAGE DOWN . Display next screen of the current Help Page
1-9 A-Z . Display the corresponding Help Page
50
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 RUNNING LASR_MAN
UTILITY MENU Key
A Utility Menu may be accessed at any LASR_MAN prompt, by pressing F10 . This
Utility Menu provides access to various functions, such as the ability to close
the print file in a network environment, in order that the first printer pass
may be accomplished.
NOTE This menu may be changed frequently to add functionality. Pressing the
HELP Key, F1 , after the Utility Menu has been activated, will display
information on the currently available utility functions.
ESCAPE Key
Pressing the ESCAPE key at any point while the program is waiting for the
response to a prompt cancels the current action and generally causes the program
to display the previous menu. The specific function of the ESCAPE key at the
present time is shown on the bottom help line.
File View Key
Many of the LASR_MAN option menus allow viewing the highlighted file, either in
total, or, when ready to print - the first page that will print on a sheet. For
the purpose of viewing a highlighted file, the F2 key is always the one to
press. When file viewing is available, it will be so noted on the bottom help
line.
NOTE Any occurrence of the '~' character in the viewed text will be replaced
by the '≈' character. This is due to the use of the '~' character as an
end-of-line indicator in the viewing window.
Actions and Messages
Various actions that occur during the execution of LASR_MAN are noted by an
action display similar to that shown below. This action display is only shown
while the given action is occurring, and does not require any response from the
user. Messages from LASR_MAN are displayed is a similar manner, and do require a
user response. The valid responses to the displayed message are given on the
bottom help line.
┌─────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═╡ ACTION ╞═══════════╗ │
│ ║ Read data and format ║█ │
│ ╚══════════════════════╝█ │
│ ████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────┘
51
RUNNING LASR_MAN LASR_MAN Version 6.0
Disk Not Ready
If a disk drive is not ready, such as a floppy diskette drive door being open,
an informational message will be displayed, as shown below.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═╡ MESSAGE ╞════════════════════════════╗ │
│ ║ Disk not ready. Correct & continue. ║█ │
│ ╚════════════════════════════════════════╝█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL this disk operation and exit from the program, press ESCAPE .
-> To CONTINUE, make the drive ready and press any other key.
Printer Not Ready
If the printer is not ready, an informational message will be displayed.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═╡ MESSAGE ╞════════════════════════════╗ │
│ ║ Printer not ready. Correct & continue. ║█ │
│ ╚════════════════════════════════════════╝█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL this printer operation and exit from the program, press ESCAPE .
-> To CONTINUE, make the printer ready and press any other key.
Mouse Support
LASR_MAN is "mouse" aware, and, if a mouse driver is detected, mouse support is
provided. Availability of this mouse support is displayed by a solid block added
on the top line at the left for all affected menus.
Rather than a mouse cursor, mouse movement is displayed by moving the highlight
bar of the currently active menu. The sensitivity of this movement may be ad-
justed by changing the MOUSE PARAMETERS in the SETUP FUNCTION menu.
Pressing the LEFT mouse button is equivalent to pressing the ENTER key. The
RIGHT mouse button is equivalent to the ESCAPE key. The CENTER button is the
same as the F1 key. All of these button assignments may be changed, along with
swapping the actions of the LEFT and RIGHT mouse buttons. See the section "MOUSE
PARAMETERS" earlier in this chapter for details.
52
MAIN MENU
The LASR_MAN screen display has been designed for ease of use while providing
the maximum amount of information on the current operation of the program. As
distributed, the screen display initially shows only the main function menu. It
can optionally be configured to display information on the current directory and
the option settings, as shown on the next page. This allows an uncluttered
screen for the new user while allowing the advanced user to display the full
program information for review.
As the program is loaded, the location of many of the program files is checked.
If these files are on the program directory, they are moved to sub-directories
off of the program directory, and an action message will be displayed. If they
do not exist, the sub-directories are created. This move occurs only once: after
they are moved to the appropriate sub-directory, they are not moved back to the
program directory. These files, and their working locations, are:
FILE TYPE EXTENSION SUB-DIRECTORY LOCATION
Configuration Change .LMC .\LMC
Font .LMF .\LMF
Option .LMO .\LMO
Style .LMS .\LMS
Cover .LMV .\LMV
A sample of the initial entry level screen display is shown below. The center
portion of the top line depicts the status of the user menu and display levels.
The MAIN MENU with its five functions is on the second line. The bottom line of
this, and all other LASR_MAN screen displays, describes the currently available
action keys and their functions.
╒■╡ LASeR print MANager Menu>NORMAL │Display>NORMAL │Date>12-31-99│08:00 ╞═╕
│░ setUp Options Files select Print eXit ░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ PRESS A KEY TO BEGIN THE PROGRAM ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│
│░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█ ░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│
│░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░░░░░▄░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│
│░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│
╘╡ LASR_MAN Version 6.00, Copyright 1990-94 MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>eXit│<┘/[char]>Select│TAB>Change Info Display│ Home End│
-> To OBTAIN context sensitive help at any point in the program, press F1 .
For more information on this feature, see the section "HELP KEY" in the
"RUNNING LASR_MAN" chapter.
-> To CONTINUE execution of the program, press any key. (This prompt only
occurs on the shareware evaluation version.)
-> To BEGIN the process of EXITING from the program when none of the function
menus are displayed, press ESCAPE .
53
MAIN MENU LASR_MAN Version 6.0
Background Information Display
The BACKGROUND INFORMATION DISPLAY, available at both MAIN MENU and FUNCTION
MENU selection, may contain a variety of information. The BACKGROUND INFORMATION
DISPLAY status is shown on the top line after "Display>" (The user status is
shown after "Menu>"). The modes are:
FUNCTION MAIN AND FUNCTION
MENU DISPLAY ONLY MENU DISPLAY
═════════════════ ═══════════════════
None - No background display None+ - No background display
Normal option data Normal+ option data
Advance(d) option data Advance(d)+ option data
Expert option data Expert+ option data
-> To TOGGLE the USER MENU LEVEL, press F8 . The USER MENUS have three levels,
any of which may be set by repeatedly pressing the F8 key.
-> To TOGGLE the BACKGROUND INFORMATION DISPLAY, press F9 . This INFORMATION
DISPLAY has eight levels, any of which may be set by repeatedly pressing the
F9 key.
A sample of the full "EXPERT" display, with the initial program defaults, is
shown below.
╒■╡ LASeR print MANager Menu>EXPERT │Display>EXPERT +│Date>12-31-99│08:00 ╞═╕
│░ setUp Options Files select Print eXit ░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░Data path═>C:\LP░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░4│
│░░░░░░░░░░░FILES═>Style═>NLLL221 NormalLetterLandscapeLine2s2h1v░░░░░░░░░░░5│
│┌┤ TEXT PAGE ├┐░░Option═>LASR_MAN 2 pps, both sides░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░6│
││ Lines═>69 ░░Change═>None░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░7│
││ Pitch═>Line │═══════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░8│
│└─Chars═>80 ─┘ ║╗┌───────────┤ Option Switches ├─────────────┐│
│ TYPE:Normal ║║│ file Page start>ANY blanK lines════>YES ││
│ SIZE:Letter ║║│ switch Titles══>NO no Left margin═> 0 ││
│ORIEN:Landscape ║║│ title Headers══>YES Spaces/tab═════> 8 ││
│░╚╡2 pgs/SIDE╞═══════════════╝║│ print Formfeeds>YES tAb print width> 8 ││
│░░╚╡BOTH SIDES╞════════════════╝│ Border type════>SHW teXt word wrap═>+++ ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ Dividers (H/V)═>I/I print ctRl chrs>YES ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ text page floW═>HOR ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░└───────────────────────────────────────────┘│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│
│░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█ ░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│
│░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░░░░░▄░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│
│░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│
╘╡ LASR_MAN Version 6.00, Copyright 1990-94 MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>eXit│<┘/[char]>Select│TAB>Change Info Display│ Home End│
54
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 MAIN MENU
The fourth through the seventh lines (the line numbers on the right side of
the display have been added for clarity) of this display provide data on the
current drive-directory, and the change printer configuration, option, and
style files in use, if any. The Option Switches box gives the current values
of the various option switches.
The selected paper size and STYLE OF OUTPUT are displayed along with a graph-
ical depiction of how text data will be printed on the left side of the
screen.
In the example shown, text will be printed on standard letter size paper in
landscape orientation, with two text pages per side of paper, and each piece
of paper will be printed on both sides. Each text page will be printed using
the seventeen character per inch font. Lines on each page will have a maximum
length of eighty characters, and a page may contain up to sixty-nine lines.
The option switches have been set with the default values as displayed.
NOTE To display the directory/option information automatically when the
program is executed, set the display to the desired level and then
exit, saving the current setup.
Operation Sequence
The general sequence of operations to follow for printing a file or files is:
* SETUP the drive-directory on which the file(s) to be printed reside.
* Set the printing OPTIONS desired if different from the currently set op-
tions.
* Perform FILES SELECTion to tag the file(s) for printing.
* PRINT the selected files.
* EXIT the program.
Main Menu Functions
The MAIN MENU consists of five Function, as shown below.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ setUp Options Files select print eXit │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To SELECT a MAIN MENU Function, press its highlighted letter or move the
MAIN MENU highlight bar to the desired Function with the cursor control
keys and press ENTER .
When a MAIN MENU Function is selected, the appropriate Function menu is
displayed. The options displayed on the Function menu are dependent on the
USER MENU LEVEL selected.
-> To CHANGE the USER MENU LEVEL, press F8 or select the "setUp" Func-
tion by pressing its highlighted letter or moving the highlight bar to
it and pressing ENTER . Select the "User level" option and change it
to the desired level.
-> To SWITCH from one Function menu to another, press the highlighted
letter of the desired Function. For example, if, at the MAIN MENU, you
55
MAIN MENU LASR_MAN Version 6.0
pressed U , for "setUp", displaying the SETUP Function menu, and you
now want to go to the "Files select" Function, press F .
The following chapters describe the Function menus and their available options.
The Function menu at the beginning of each chapter is the one displayed when at
the Expert USER MENU LEVEL. The BACKGROUND INFORMATION DISPLAY shown is also
that available at Expert USER DISPLAY LEVEL. Each option section header includes
the USER LEVEL at which that option is available. All Function options are pre-
sented in the same order in which they occur on the Expert level menu.
Learning to use LASR_MAN
One of the best methods of becoming familiar with the operation of LASR_MAN is
to print some sample output. Included with the system are five sample documents:
PAGES_01.DOC, PAGES_02.DOC, PAGES_04.DOC, PAGES_08.DOC, and PAGES_16.DOC. Each
of these files contains a number sample pages of text equal to the number in
their name.
These exercises, and their options, will give you a familiarity with the program
and demonstrate many of its capabilities. They assume use of a Hewlett-Packard
LaserJet IIP or higher printer, or compatible. If this is not the case, you will
first need to configure LASR_MAN for your printer. See the sections "PRINTER"
and "PRINT FONTS TO USE" in the "SETUP" chapter for details. This section also
assumes that the program has been properly installed and has been loaded.
The proper STYLE file name to use for each step is given in brackets.
1. Using the OPTIONS FUNCTION, set STYLE for PORTRAIT, ONE SIDE, ONE PAGE/SIDE,
PICA [NLPP111].
Using the FILES SELECT FUNCTION, FILE SELECTION/TAG option, select file PAG-
ES_01.DOC.
Using the PRINT FUNCTION, first set PAPER SOURCE for your printer, and then
select PRINT THESE SELECTED FILES. Follow the prompts to print the select-
ed document.
The output should be a single sheet of paper with the text from Page 1.
Optionally, try running again and select either LANDSCAPE [NLLP111] or other
pitches [NLPE111] under set STYLE.
2. Using the OPTIONS FUNCTION, set STYLE for LANDSCAPE, BOTH SIDE, TWO PAGE/SIDE
[NLLL221].
Using the FILES SELECT FUNCTION, FILE SELECTION/TAG option, select file PAG-
ES_02.DOC.
Using the PRINT FUNCTION, first set PAPER SOURCE for your printer, and then
select PRINT THESE SELECTED FILES. Follow the prompts to print the select-
ed document.
The output should be a single sheet of paper with the text from Page 1 and
Page 2 on one side.
Optionally, try running again and select PAGES_04.DOC under PRINT THESE SE-
LECTED FILES. The output should be a single sheet of paper with the text
from Page 1 and 2 on one side and Page 3 and 4 on the other.
Optionally, now try running again and select PAMPHLET, TWO PAGES/SIDE under
set STYLE [PLLL221]. You will need to re-select PAGES_04.DOC, and then
print. The output should now be a single sheet of paper with the text from
56
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 MAIN MENU
Page 4 and 1 on one side and Page 2 and 3 on the other. This can be folded
in the middle to form the pamphlet.
3. Using the OPTIONS FUNCTION, set STYLE for LANDSCAPE, BOTH SIDES, EIGHT
PAGES/SIDE [NLLT242].
Using the FILES SELECT FUNCTION, FILE SELECTION/TAG option, select file PAG-
ES_08.DOC.
Using the PRINT FUNCTION, first set PAPER SOURCE for your printer, and then
select PRINT THESE SELECTED FILES. Follow the prompts to print the select-
ed document.
The output should be a single sheet of paper with the text from Pages 1-8.
Optionally, try running again and select PAGES_16.DOC under PRINT THESE SE-
LECTED FILES. The output should be a single sheet of paper with the text
from Pages 1-8 on one side and Pages 9-16 on the other.
Optionally, now try running again and select PAMPHLET, EIGHT PAGES/SIDE, FOUR
PAGES/BOOK PAGE under set STYLE [PLLT242]. The output should now be a sin-
gle sheet of paper with the text from Pages 13-16 and 1-4 on one side and
Pages 5-12 on the other. This can be folded in the middle to form the pam-
phlet.
57
MAIN MENU LASR_MAN Version 6.0
58
SETUP FUNCTION
The SETUP Function is used to specify the drive/subdirectory from which to se-
lect the files that are to be printed and to change the program setup items such
as the user levels, printer configuration information, monitor and menu colors.
The options displayed on the SETUP FUNCTION menu, and the other four FUNCTION
menus, depend on the selected USER MENU LEVEL. The FUNCTION menu displayed below
is set to the Expert level.
-> To SELECT the SETUP Function when the display is at the MAIN MENU, press U
or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the SETUP Function using the cursor
control keys and press ENTER . The SETUP Function menu will then be dis-
played, as shown below.
╒■╡ LASeR print MANager Menu>EXPERT │Display>EXPERT+ │Date>12-31-99│08:00 ╞═╕
│ setUp Options Files select Print eXit │
│░╔══════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ Data path >║>C:\LASR_MAN░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ useR: EXPERT>║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ saVe options>║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ prinTer:LJet>║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ print foNts >║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ Monitor:EGA+ ║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ moUse >║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ menu coLors >║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ datE format >║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ restore Conf>║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ restore optS>║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ restore patH>║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░╚══════════════╝░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│
│░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█ ░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│
│░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░░░░░▄░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│
│░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│
╘╡ LASR_MAN Version 6.00, Copyright 1990-94 MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>Function Menu│[DOFPX] >Function│<┘/[char]>Select│ Home End│
-> To RETURN to the MAIN MENU, press ESCAPE .
-> To SWITCH to another Function, press its highlighted letter.
-> To SELECT a SETUP Function option, press its highlighted letter or move
the highlight bar to the desired option with the cursor control keys and
press ENTER .
Data path [Normal]
The DATA PATH option sets the drive and subdirectory from which files are to be
selected for printing.
-> To CHANGE the drive and/or directory path from which to select files to
print, select the DATA PATH option by pressing D . The drive is first se-
lected and then the path to the desired subdirectory is set. The DRIVE selec-
tion menu is shown below. Available drives are capitalized.
59
SETUP FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
┌────────────┐
│ ╒═DRIVE═╕ │
│ │ A n │█ │
│ │ B o │█ │
│ │ C p │█ │
│ │ D q │█ │
│ │ E r │█ │
│ │ F s │█ │
│ │ G t │█ │
│ │ H u │█ │
│ │ I v │█ │
│ │ J w │█ │
│ │ K x │█ │
│ │ L y │█ │
│ │ M z │█ │
│ ╘═══════╛█ │
│ █████████ │
└────────────┘
-> To LEAVE the data path as it was before selection of this option, press
ESCAPE .
-> To SELECT a DRIVE, press the desired DRIVE letter or move the highlight
bar to the desired DRIVE using the cursor control keys and press ENTER .
The selected drive will then be displayed, to the right of the SETUP Func-
tion option, and a SUBDIRECTORY PICK LIST will next be displayed. The
current directory for this drive is initially displayed.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔══════════════╗ │
│ ║ Data path >║█G:\LASR_MAN\............................................... │
│╒═╡ PICK LIST - G:\LASR_MAN ╞═══════════════════════════════════════════════╕ │
││ accept path . <root dir> .. <parent> CONFIG DOC │█│
││ FONTS HELP OTHERS RELEASE │█│
│╘══════════════════════════════╡ Select the NEXT SUBDIRECTORY IN THE PATH ╞═╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To LEAVE the data path as it was before selection of this option, press
ESCAPE .
-> To SELECT the next SUBDIRECTORY to add to the data path, move the high-
light bar to the desired subdirectory using the cursor control keys and
press ENTER . Pressing a letter will move the SUBDIRECTORY highlight
bar to the first subdirectory whose name starts with that letter. When
selected, the subdirectory name is added to the path display, and the
next SUBDIRECTORY menu is displayed.
-> To ACCEPT the path as it is currently set and displayed, move the high-
light bar to the "accept path" item and press ENTER . The program
returns to the SETUP Function menu.
If this is not the root directory of the selected drive, two additional
items are displayed, ". <root dir>" and "..<parent>".
-> To RESET the path to the root directory of the selected drive, move the
highlight bar to the ". <root dir>" item using the cursor control keys
and press ENTER .
-> To REMOVE the last subdirectory added to the path, move the highlight
60
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 SETUP FUNCTION
bar to the ".. <parent>" item using the cursor control keys and press
ENTER .
User level [Normal]
The USER LEVEL OPTION consists of two parts: the USER MENU LEVEL and the USER
DISPLAY LEVEL. The USER MENU LEVEL controls what options will be available for
each of the Function menus. The available USER LEVELS and their available op-
tions are:
╒■╡ LASeR print MANager Menu>NORMAL │Display>NORMAL │Date>12-31-99│08:00 ╞═╕
│ setUp Options Files select Print eXit │
│ ╔■═════════════╗ │
│ ║ Data path >║█ │
│ ║ useR: NORMAL>║█ │
│ ║ saVe setup >║█ │
│ ╚══════════════╔■═════════════════════╗ │
│ ██████████████║ set stYle: NLLL221v║█ │
│ ╚══════════════╔■══════════════════════╗ │
│ ██████████████║ File selection/tag >║█ │
│ ╚══════════════╔■╡LASERJET IID/IIP,III,IV╞═══╗│
│ ██████████████║ paper Source:FRONT CASSETTE ║█
│ ┌─────────────────┐ ║ Print these selected files v║█
│ │ NORMAL USER │ ╚══════════════╔■════════════╗╝█
│ │ LEVEL MENUS │ ██████████████║ eXit to DOS ║██
│ │ (DEFAULT) │ ║ Cancel ║█│
│ └─────────────────┘ ╚═════════════╝█│
│ ███████████████│
╘╡ LASR_MAN Version 6.00, Copyright 1990-94 MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
61
SETUP FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
╒■╡ LASeR print MANager Menu>ADVANCE│Display>ADVANCE │Date>12-31-99│08:00 ╞═╕
│ setUp Options Files select Print eXit │
│ ╔■═════════════╗ │
│ ║ Data path >║█ │
│ ║ useR:ADVANCE>║█ │
│ ║ saVe setup >║█ │
│ ║ prinTer:LJet>║█ │
│ ║ print foNts >║█ │
│ ╚══════════════╔■═════════════════════╗ │
│ ██████████████║ set stYle: NLLL221v║█ │
│ ║ Edit current style v║█ │
│ ║ Option file:LASR_MANv║█ │
│ ║ chanGe file: Nonev║█ │
│ ║ page Title: _Footer_>║█ │
│ ╚══════════════╔■══════════════════════╗ │
│ ██████████████║ File selection/tag >║█ │
│ ║ file Mask:*.* ║█ │
│ ╚══════════════╔■╡LASERJET IID/IIP,III,IV╞═══╗│
│ ██████████████║ paper Source:FRONT CASSETTE ║█
│ ║ Print these selected files v║█
│ ║ Reverse 2nd pass output:YES ║█
│ ╚══════════════╔■══════════════╗
│ ██████████████║ eXit to DOS ║█
│ ┌─────────────────┐ ║ Cancel ║█
│ │ ADVANCED USER │ ║<saVe setup ║█
│ │ LEVEL MENUS │ ║<Save options ║█
│ └─────────────────┘ ╚═══════════════╝█
│ █████████████████
╘╡ LASR_MAN Version 6.00, Copyright 1990-94 MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
62
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 SETUP FUNCTION
╒■╡ LASeR print MANager Menu>EXPERT │Display>EXPERT │Date>12-31-99│08:00 ╞═╕
│ setUp Options Files select Print eXit │
│ ╔■═════════════╗ │
│ ║ Data path >║█ │
│ ║ useR: EXPERT>║█ │
│ ║ saVe setup >║█ │
│ ║ prinTer:LJet>║█ │
│ ║ print foNts >║█ │
│ ║ Monitor:EGA+ ║█ │
│ ║ moUse >║█ │
│ ║ menu coLors >║█ │
│ ║ datE format >║█ │
│ ║ restore optS>║█ │
│ ║ restore patH>║█ │
│ ╚══════════════╔■═════════════════════╗ │
│ ██████████████║ set stYle: NLLL221v║█ │
│ ║ Edit current style v║█ │
│ ║ Option file:LASR_MANv║█ │
│ ║ chanGe file: Nonev║█ │
│ ║ page Title: _Footer_>║█ │
│ ║ foNt: *Line Printer>║█ │
│ ║ coVer file: Nonev║█ │
│ ║ option sWitches >║█ │
│ ║ Line/page limit: 999 ║█ │
│ ║ STAMP-IT!: No Stamp>║█ │
│ ╚══════════════╔■══════════════════════╗ │
│ ██████████████║ File selection/tag >║█ │
│ ║ file Mask:*.* ║█ │
│ ║ Archive bit: EITHER ║█ │
│ ╚══════════════╔■╡LASERJET IID/IIP,III,IV╞═══╗│
│ ██████████████║ paper Source:FRONT CASSETTE ║█
│ ║ Print these selected files v║█
│ ║ Reverse 2nd pass output:YES ║█
│ ║ output To: LPT1 ║█
│ ║ Generate key word index: NO ║█
│ ║ INDX-IT! ║█
│ ╚══════════════╔■══════════════╗
│ ██████████████║ eXit to DOS ║█
│ ┌─────────────────┐ ║ Cancel ║█
│ │ EXPERT USER │ ║<saVe setup ║█
│ │ LEVEL MENUS │ ║<Save options ║█
│ └─────────────────┘ ╚═══════════════╝█
│ █████████████████
╘╡ LASR_MAN Version 6.00, Copyright 1990-94 MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
The USER DISPLAY LEVEL controls what program data will be displayed in the back-
ground when the Main or Function menus are active.
-> To CHANGE the user level, select the USER LEVEL option by pressing R . The
USER MENU LEVEL selection menu will next be displayed.
63
SETUP FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
┌───────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Menu ╞═╕ │
│ │ Normal >│█ │
│ │ Advanced>│█ │
│ │ Expert >│█ │
│ ╘══════════╛█ │
│ ████████████ │
└───────────────┘
-> To LEAVE the USER LEVEL at it current setting, press ESCAPE .
-> To CHANGE to a different USER MENU LEVEL, press its highlighted letter or
move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The USER DISPLAY LEVEL
menu will next be shown. The highlighted DISPLAY LEVEL will be the same as
the selected MENU LEVEL. The selected USER DISPLAY LEVEL will determine
the option data that will be displayed while waiting for a selection from
the Function menus, and optionally the MAIN menu also.
┌──────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Display ╞═╕ │
│ │ Suppress │█ │
│ │ Normal >│█ │
│ │ Advanced >│█ │
│ │ Expert >│█ │
│ ╘═════════════╛█ │
│ ███████████████ │
└──────────────────┘
-> To LEAVE the USER LEVEL at it current setting, press ESCAPE .
-> To SELECT a USER DISPLAY LEVEL, press its highlighted letter or move
the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The "Background Display?"
selection menu is next displayed for all option except "Suppress". This
menu selection will determine whether to display the selected USER
DISPLAY LEVEL BACKGROUND INFORMATION at only the Function menus or at
both the MAIN and Function menus.
┌──────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Background Display? ╞═╕ │
│ │ No Yes │█ │
│ ╘═════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ███████████████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────┘
-> To LEAVE the USER LEVEL at it current setting, press ESCAPE .
-> To DISPLAY the selected BACKGROUND INFORMATION display at the Func-
tion menus only, press N .
-> To DISPLAY the selected BACKGROUND INFORMATION display at both the
MAIN and Function menus, press Y .
Save Setup [Normal]
The SETUP values, as selected in this function, may be saved to a program SETUP
file that will be used to reset them every time that the program is loaded.
Additionally, the values of the FILE SELECT ENTER/EXIT TOGGLE SWITCH and the
PRINTER PAPER SOURCE are also saved in the SETUP file.
When this option is selected, a verification prompt is displayed, as shown be-
low.
64
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 SETUP FUNCTION
┌────────────────┐
│ ╒═Sure?═════╕ │
│ │ No Yes │█ │
│ ╘═══════════╛█ │
│ █████████████ │
└────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL this action and leave the SETUP data as it currently is, press
N or ESCAPE .
-> To CONTINUE and save the current SETUP data, press Y . The SETUP informa-
tion will be saved and an informational message is displayed with the name
and path of the SETUP file.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ MESSAGE ├────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ C:\LM\LASR_MAN.LMU setup file updated. │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CONTINUE, press any key.
Printer [Advanced]
LASR_MAN supports printers that use the Hewlett-Packard Printer Control Language
(PCL), Level 4. This includes all models of the LaserJet family of laser print-
ers.
In addition, support is also provided for the DeskJet series, ink jet printers
that use an enhanced version of PCL, Level 3. There are some limitation with the
DeskJet support and they are detailed in the chapter "DeskJet Printer Support".
A variety of program parameters are affected by the choice of printers. These
include PAPER SIZE, PAPER SOURCE and PRINT FONT TO USE, both for the individual
fonts and globally.
The SETUP Function option menu shows what family of printers is being supported;
"LJet" for LaserJet and "DJet" for DeskJet.
-> To SELECT the family and model of printer to be supported, press T . A
printer menu will the be displayed.
┌───────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ PRINTER ╞══════════════╕ │
│ │ laserJet + │█ │
│ │ laserjet II │█ │
│ │ LaserJet IID/IIP,III,IV │█ │
│ │ DeskJet, no extra memory │█ │
│ │ deskjet, 256K memory │█ │
│ ╘══════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────┘
The LaserJet + option will load Type One soft fonts - a 192 character soft
font set (ASCII 32-127 and 160-255), in both portrait and landscape, which is
required by some of the early LaserJet models and their compatibles. In gen-
eral, use Type 1 fonts only if your printer will not work with Type 2.
65
SETUP FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
The LaserJet II option will load Type Two soft fonts - ASCII characters
32-255, in both portrait and landscape, which are required for LaserJet II
and compatibles that cannot rotate a portrait font to landscape. (HP IID/IIP
can rotate fonts)
The LaserJet IID/IIP/III/IV option will load Type Two Portrait soft fonts
only, since these printers can rotate them to Landscape.
The DeskJet, with internal fonts only, required for DeskJet, DeskJet +, and
DeskJet 500 and compatibles. These printers, without additional memory, are
not capable of accepting soft fonts.
The DeskJet with 256K extra memory option will load Type Three soft fonts
(ASCII 32-255).
-> To SELECT a printer series/model, press its highlighted letter or move the
highlight bar to it and press ENTER . A print change message will then
be displayed.
This printer selection function will not change these program parameters
until a different printer is selected. At that time, all of the affected
parameters are set to their default values.
-> To LEAVE the printer as currently configured, press ESCAPE .
-> To CHANGE the printer to that highlighted, press any other key. The
printer program parameters of PAPER SIZE, PAPER SOURCE and PRINT FONT
TO USE are then set to their default values. The program will next
display the FONT TYPE selection menu, covered in the next section.
Print Fonts to Use [Advanced]
Five different print fonts are used by the various Styles of Output, ranging
from the largest at ten characters per inch to the smallest of thirty-three
characters per inch. The specific characteristics of each of these fonts are
defined in the printer configuration file, "LASR_MAN.LMG". Samples of each are
also printed in the section "Print Style Overview".
When the printer scans for a requested font, it checks the font sources in the
following order:
1. Soft font.
2. Cartridge font.
3. Internal font.
The fonts requested by LASR_MAN specify the defined default Typeface. Typeface
is the least significant of the font selection characteristics, and if no car-
tridge or soft fonts are available, most HP laser printers and compatibles will
use their corresponding internal Courier or Line Printer Typeface fonts for the
Pica, Elite and Line Printer pitch fonts. There are no corresponding internal
fonts for the Small and Tiny pitch fonts.
NOTE Early LaserJet printers and some compatibles DO NOT have an internal
Line Printer pitch font.
66
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 SETUP FUNCTION
In order to print using the Styles of Output with Small and Tiny pitch fonts,
either cartridge or soft fonts with corresponding characteristics must be pres-
ent.
LASR_MAN can download soft fonts for any or all of the five supported pitch
sizes. There are separate fonts for each pitch size in both landscape and por-
trait orientation. Additionally each pitch size is available with either a lim-
ited character set - 192 characters - or the full 256 character set.
NOTE Early LaserJet printers and some compatibles CAN NOT accept the full
256 character set download fonts. If problems are encountered when
attempting to print with the 256 character download font, try the 192
character set.
There is a price to be paid for using soft fonts, in place of either the printer
internal fonts or those in a printer cartridge: that price is the time needed to
transfer the soft font data from the computer to the printer. With LASR_MAN, a
given soft font is only downloaded to the printer once, no matter how many files
may be printed in a single program execution. The following table shows how much
time is required for soft font downloading to a laser printer for the various
pitches - these times should be relatively independent of the brand or model of
either computer or printer.
FONT SOFT FONT DOWNLOAD TIME (APPROXIMATE)
Pica, 10 cpi 29 seconds
Elite, 12 21
Line, 17 18
Small, 23 13
Tiny, 33 11
NOTE These times are for Type 2 soft fonts, having 256 characters. Type 1
soft fonts with 192 characters normally take several seconds less to
download.
Based on this information, you should estimate that it would take about a half
minute longer to print a group of files with the Pica Letter Gothic soft font,
than printing the same files with the Pica Courier internal font.
The normal default setting for the INDIVIDUAL FONT TYPE is to NOT download Pica,
Elite or Line Printer fonts and to download the 256 character sets for both the
Small and Tiny pitch fonts.
-> To SPECIFY the default PRINT FONTS TO USE, press its highlighted letter or
move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The FONT TYPE selection menu
will be displayed, as shown below. Each of the Pitch fonts is shown, along
with its current source. The default TYPEFACE shown is obtained from the
configuration file and can be changed.
67
SETUP FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
┌────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒■╡ Default Font Typeface ╞═╕ │
│ │ Pica-10 CPI:Internal-03 │█ │
│ │ Elite-12: Internal-03 │█ │
│ │ Line-17: Internal-00 │█ │
│ │ Small-23: External-06 │█ │
│ │ Tiny-33: External-06 │█ │
│ ╘═══════════════════════════╛█ │
│ █████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────┘
-> To LEAVE the PRINT FONT TO USE as it was, press ESCAPE .
-> To TOGGLE the font source for any individual PITCH, press its highlighted
letter or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The two states
that each source can be toggled to are "Internal" and "External". The
default typeface for each source is also shown.
NOTE Requested soft fonts are NOT downloaded to the printer at this
time. Downloading will only occur when the Print Function is
selected and the Style of Output specifies a soft font that has
not been previously downloaded.
NOTE The 192 character soft font set (Type One) is required by some of
the early LaserJet models and their compatibles. In general, use
Type 1 fonts only if your printer will not work with Type 2.
NOTE Not all of the FONT TYPES are available for all printer models.
Only those available for the currently selected PRINTER will be
displayed.
Monitor [Expert]
The MONITOR option specifies whether the display will be done in color or mono-
chrome. The default is that, if a color graphics card is present, the display
will be in color: if the card is for a CGA monitor eight background colors will
be used while EGA/VGA cards will use sixteen background colors. This procedure
may be overridden with this option.
-> To TOGGLE the LASR_MAN program display between monochrome and the two color
levels, press M .
NOTE There are two levels of color: CGA will use eight background levels of
color while EGA+ disables blinking and uses sixteen background levels
of color. THIS LATTER METHOD MAY NOT WORK WELL WITH ALL MONITOR TYPES.
Mouse [Expert]
The MOUSE MENU allows the mouse parameters to be modified. Mouse speed and sen-
sitivity are controlled by the number of mouse "mickeys" per screen pixel in
both the horizontal (X) and vertical (Y) directions. The larger these values
are, the slower the mouse speed and the less sensitive it will be. The default
values are X=128 and Y=64.
68
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 SETUP FUNCTION
┌────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒■╡ Mouse Parameters ╞══╕ │
│ │ X Mickeys/Pixel: 128 │█ │
│ │ Y Mickeys/Pixel: 64 │█ │
│ │ Left Button: 1 │█ │
│ ╘═══════════════════════╛█ │
│ █████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────┘
-> To CHANGE the HORIZONTAL MOUSE sensitivity, press X . Now edit the
MICKEYS/PIXLE as desired. Press ENTER to accept the edited value or ES-
CAPE to restore the previous value.
-> To CHANGE the VERTICAL MOUSE sensitivity, press Y . Now edit the
MICKEYS/PIXLE as desired. Press ENTER to accept the edited value or ES-
CAPE to restore the previous value.
-> To SWAP the functions of the LEFT and RIGHT MOUSE BUTTONS, press L .
NOTE The mouse button assignments may be changed by editing the configu-
ration file. See the sections "Mouse Parameters" and "Editing the
Configuration File".
Change menu colors [Expert]
The LASR_MAN menus and windows have been grouped into eight types. The color of
each type may be changed independently and these color settings can then be
saved when exiting so that the same colors will be used the next time the pro-
gram is run.
The menu borders are usually white, except when the background menu color is
white, the menu borders are black. The menu highlight bar is the same color as
the unhighlighted menu text.
NOTE The context sensitive help displays use the same colors as "Messages".
NOTE Menu colors can also be partially controlled by the MONITOR option,
which can select either eight or sixteen background colors.
-> To RESET the menu colors to those available at initial installation, press
D .
-> To CHANGE the colors of any of the menu types, select the CHANGE MENU COLORS
option by pressing C . A menu to select the Menu Type for which a color
change is to be made is next displayed.
69
SETUP FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
┌────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Menu Type ╞═╕ │
│ │ Options >│█ │
│ │ Main >│█ │
│ │ Background >│█ │
│ │ Actions >│█ │
│ │ messaGes >│█ │
│ │ Preview >│█ │
│ │ file Info >│█ │
│ │ file Select >│█ │
│ │ Default colors│█ │
│ ╘═══════════════╛█ │
│ █████████████████ │
└────────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL changing a Menu Type's color at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To SELECT the Menu Type whose color is to be changed, press its highlight-
ed letter or move the highlight bar to the desired Menu Type using the
cursor arrow keys and press ENTER . A sample menu with this Menu Type's
current colors is next displayed.
┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Menu Type ╞═┌─┤ Menu Border ├─┐ │
│ │ Options >│ Selected │█ │
│ │ Main >│ Non-selected │█ │
│ │ Background >└─────────────────┘█ │
│ │ Actions >│███████████████████ │
│ │ messaGes >│█ │
│ │ Preview >│█ │
│ │ file Info >│█ │
│ │ file Select >│█ │
│ │ Default colors│█ │
│ ╘═══════════════╛█ │
│ █████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL changing this Menu Type's color at this point, press ES-
CAPE .
-> To CHANGE this Menu Type's background color, use the UP and DOWN
arrow keys to step through the sixteen background color combinations.
-> To CHANGE this Menu Type's foreground color, use the LEFT and RIGHT
arrow keys to step through the sixteen foreground color combinations.
-> To ACCEPT the sample menu's colors currently displayed for the high-
lighted Menu Type, press ENTER .
Date Format [Expert]
All dates, such as file and print dates, may be shown in any of three formats.
These are the normal default American one of "MM-DD-YY", the European style of
"DD-MM-YY", and the Japanese style of "YY-MM-DD".
In addition the date field separator character, whose default is a dash, '-',
may be set to any character.
When this option is selected, a SET DATE DISPLAY FORMAT menu is displayed, as
shown below. This menu serves to toggle the date display style, edit the date
70
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 SETUP FUNCTION
element separator character, and accept the modified DATE DISPLAY FORMAT.
┌──────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Set DATE DISPLAY FORMAT ╞═╕ │
│ │ √ MM DD YY - Month Day Year │█ │
│ │ DD MM YY - Day Month Year │█ │
│ │ YY MM DD - Year Month Day │█ │
│ │ Element separator char:- │█ │
│ │ Accept date display format │█ │
│ ╘═════════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ███████████████████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CHANGE the style of DATE DISPLAY, move the highlight bar to the desired
one and press ENTER . The selection check mark will then move to that style.
-> To CHANGE the date element separator character, press E . The current char-
acter may then be edited, on the same line as the option. When editing is
complete, press ENTER .
-> To ACCEPT the DATE DISPLAY FORMAT as edited, press A . Check that date dis-
play format is correct, as shown with the current date, in the upper right
portion of the display.
Restore Conf [Expert]
The configuration parameters may be restored to those that were in effect when
the program began.
-> To RESTORE the configuration data to the defaults, select the RESTORE CONFIG
option by pressing N . A verification menu is then presented.
┌────────────────┐
│ ╒═Sure?═════╕ │
│ │ No Yes │█ │
│ ╘═══════════╛█ │
│ █████████████ │
└────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL this action and leave the configuration data as it currently is,
press N or ESCAPE .
-> To CONTINUE and RESTORE the default configuration data, press Y .
NOTE Use of this option DOES NOT change the selected Paper Size and Paper
Source Bin.
71
SETUP FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
Reload the Defaults [Expert]
All of the options may be reset to the values that were in effect when the pro-
gram was first loaded, and before the options from the environment variable
"LASER" and the command line were processed.
-> To RESET all of the options to their original values, select the RELOAD THE
DEFAULTS option by pressing R . A verification menu is next displayed.
┌────────────────┐
│ ╒═Sure?═════╕ │
│ │ No Yes │█ │
│ ╘═══════════╛█ │
│ █████████████ │
└────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL resetting the option values, press N or ESCAPE .
-> To RESET the options to their original values, press Y .
NOTE Selection of this option WILL LOSE any options changes that were
specified in the environment variable "LASER" or on the command
line.
Restore Path [Expert]
At any time during the execution of LASR_MAN, the original data drive and direc-
tory path may be restored.
-> To RESTORE the drive and directory path to that which was in effect when the
program was first loaded, select the RESTORE PATH option by pressing R . A
verification menu is then presented.
┌────────────────┐
│ ╒═Sure?═════╕ │
│ │ No Yes │█ │
│ ╘═══════════╛█ │
│ █████████████ │
└────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL this action and leave the data path as it currently is set,
press N or ESCAPE .
-> To CONTINUE and restore the data path, press Y .
72
OPTIONS FUNCTION
Options are used by LASR_MAN to define how the program displays will appear, and
how the printed output will look. All options specified in the environment vari-
able "LASER" and on the command line are set before the options menu is first
displayed. The OPTIONS Function menu allows changing and over-riding those op-
tion settings.
The options displayed by the OPTIONS FUNCTION menu, and the other four FUNCTION
menus, depend on the selected USER MENU LEVEL. The FUNCTION menu displayed below
is set to the Expert level.
-> To SELECT the OPTIONS Function when the display is at the MAIN MENU, press
O or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the OPTIONS Function using cursor
control keys and press ENTER . The OPTIONS Function menu will then be dis-
played, as shown below.
╒■╡ LASeR print MANager Menu>EXPERT │Display>EXPERT+ │Date>12-31-99│08:00 ╞═╕
│░ setUp Options Files select Print eXit ░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╔■═════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░DATA PATH║ set stYle: NLLL221v║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░FILES║ Edit current style v║LetterLandscapeLine2s2h1v░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│┌┤ TEXT PAGE ├┐░║ Option file:LASR_MANv║ both sides░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
││ Lines═>69 ░║ chanGe file: Nonev║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
││ Pitch═>Line │═║ page Title: _Footer_>║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│└─Chars═>80 ─┘ ║ foNt: *Line Printer>║────┤ Option Switches ├─────────────┐│
│ TYPE:Normal ║ coVer file: Nonev║age start>ANY blanK lines════>YES ││
│ SIZE:Letter ║ option sWitches >║ Titles══>NO no Left margin═> 0 ││
│ORIEN:Landscape ║ Line/page limit: 999 ║Headers══>YES Spaces/tab═════> 8 ││
│░╚╡2 pgs/SIDE╞═║ STAMP-IT!: No Stamp>║Formfeeds>YES tAb print width> 8 ││
│░░╚╡BOTH SIDES╞═╚══════════════════════╝ type════>SHW teXt word wrap═>+++ ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ Dividers (H/V)═>I/I print ctRl chrs>YES ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ text page floW═>HOR ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░└───────────────────────────────────────────┘│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│
│░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█ ░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│
│░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░░░░░▄░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│
│░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│
╘╡ LASR_MAN Version 6.00, Copyright 1990-94 MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>Function Menu│[DOFPX] >Function│<┘/[char]>Select│ Home End│
-> To RETURN to the MAIN MENU, press ESCAPE .
-> To SWITCH to another Function, press its highlighted letter.
-> To SELECT an OPTIONS Function option, press its highlighted letter or move
the highlight bar to the desired option with the cursor control keys and
press ENTER .
Set Style [Normal]
The STYLE OF OUTPUT is used to specify the type of output, the size of the paper
to be printed,orientation of the printed output, whether each sheet will be
printed on one side of the paper or on both sides, how many pages of text will
be printed on a side of the paper, the pitch of the output and the various mar-
73
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
gin sizes. For a complete description of the various STYLE TYPES, see the sec-
tion "PRINT STYLE OVERVIEW" in the "INTRODUCTION" chapter.
The STYLE parameters are saved in STYLE FILES. These files may be selected and
loaded by this option. At the ADVANCED and EXPERT user levels, this option will
also allow editing of the individual parameters. At the NORMAL user level, edit-
ing of the individual STYLE parameters is not available.
STYLE FILES may automatically be named, based on the major style option set-
tings, or descriptively named. Each STYLE FILE may contain a description summa-
rizing the settings.
Both the file's name and description can be computer generated, based on the
STYLE's general options. The format followed is:
T Output type
Z Paper size
O Sheet orientation
F Font pitch
S Sides of the sheet printed
h Text pages horizontally
v Text pages vertically
A default STYLE FILE is loaded if no STYLE FILE option is specified. The default
STYLE FILE name is the same as the program's. All STYLE FILES have an extension
of the program's initials along with the letter 'S'.
-> To SELECT a different STYLE FILE select the SET STYLE option. A menu of
available STYLE FILES, in alphabetic order, will be displayed. The STYLE
FILES menu displays all of the available STYLE FILES, along with their de-
scriptions and the date that they were last edited. Note that the first one
listed is that which is CURRENTLY in effect. If this "file" is selected, the
file WILL NOT be re-read, in order to preserve any editing changes that have
been made but not saved. If a '*' precedes the description, this file's pa-
rameters have not been edited.
74
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
┌────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔■╡ STYLE FILES ╞═══════════════════════════════════════════╡ 40╞═╗ │
│ ║ >NLLL221 NormalLetterLandscapeLine2s2h1v CURRENT< ║█ │
│ ║ BLLL221.LMS *BookLetterLandscapeLine2s2h1v 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ BLLT242.LMS *BookLetterLandscapeTiny2s4h2v 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ BLPS222.LMS *BookLetterPortraitSmall2s2h2v 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ LAB-3X10.LMS *Labels - 30 chars x 6 lines 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ LASR_MAN.LMS NormalLetterLandscapeLine1s2h1v 12-31-99 ■█ │
│ ║ NLLE111.LMS *NormalLetterLandscapeElite1s1h1v 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ NLLE211.LMS *NormalLetterLandscapeElite2s1h1v 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ NLLL111.LMS *NormalLetterLandscapeLine1s1h1v 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ NLLL121.LMS *NormalLetterLandscapeLine1s2h1v 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ NLLL211.LMS *NormalLetterLandscapeLine2s1h1v 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ NLLL221.LMS *NormalLetterLandscapeLine2s2h1v 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ NLLP111.LMS *NormalLetterLandscapePica1s1h1v 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ NLLP211.LMS *NormalLetterLandscapePica2s1h1v 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ NLLS111.LMS *NormalLetterLandscapeSmall1s1h1v 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ NLLS211.LMS *NormalLetterLandscapeSmall2s1h1v 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ NLLT111.LMS *NormalLetterLandscapeTiny1s1h1v 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ╚══════════════════════════════════╡ *=Unedited Distribution File ╞═╝█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL this operation and leave the STYLE setting options unchanged, press
ESCAPE .
-> To SELECT a STYLE FILE to load, move the highlight bar to the desired STYLE
FILE and press ENTER . The STYLE parameters of the selected STYLE FILE will
be loaded. If the USER LEVEL is set to either ADVANCED or EXPERT, the program
will continue with the STYLE EDIT.
-> To POSITION the highlight bar on a specific file, press the FIRST LETTER of
the file's name. The highlight bar will be positioned on the first file name
that starts with this letter. To continue the search, press the NEXT LETTER
of the file's name. Continue this procedure until the desired file is high-
lighted.
NOTE Pressing any cursor control key will discontinue the search. If no
file exists for the key pressed, a short beep will be heard.
-> To VIEW the contents of a STYLE FILE, move the highlight bar to it and press
F2 . The first part of the highlighted file will be displayed, as shown
below.
75
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌■┤ VIEW - File NLLL221.LMS Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐│
││/*NormalLetterLandscapeLine2s2h1v ^│
││/.600 ▒│
││/ZGBV ▒│
││/ZGPL ▒│
││/ZGM0 ▒│
││/ZGOL ▒│
││/ZGS2 ▒│
││/ZGTN ▒│
││/ZGUC ▒│
││/ZGX2 ▒│
││/ZGZL ▒│
││/ZHC80 ▒│
││/ZHD258 ▒│
││/ZHL387 ▒│
││/ZHM86 v│
│└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>┘│
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To RETURN to the STYLE FILE menu, press ESCAPE .
-> To VIEW MORE of this file, use the active control keys as defined on the
bottom help line.
-> To DELETE a STYLE FILE, move the highlight bar to it and press DEL . A con-
firmation prompt will then be displayed.
┌───────────────────────┐
│ ╒■╡ Delete File? ╞═╕█ │
│ │ No Yes │█ │
│ ╘══════════════════╛█ │
│ ████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────┘
-> To DELETE this STYLE FILE, press Y .
Edit Current Style [Advanced]
The EDIT STYLE FILE MENU is a complex one and consists of four sections - GENER-
AL, HORIZONTAL, VERTICAL, and the unlabeled COMPLETION/EXIT.
The GENERAL section contains the definitions of the major STYLE options.
The HORIZONTAL section defines the various horizontal margins and options.
The VERTICAL section defines the various vertical margins and options.
The COMPLETION section allows accepting and/or saving of the edited STYLE op-
tions or selection of a different STYLE FILE.
Additionally, the STYLE FILE name is given on the top menu line and it's de-
scription is shown on the bottom line.
76
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│╒■═════════╡ Edit Style File - NLLL221 ╞═╕█ │
││┌────────────────────────────┤ GENERAL ├┐│█ │
│││tYpe [■]Normal [ ]Book [ ]Pamphlet││█ │
│││siZe [■]Letter [ ]leGal [ ]A4 [ ]Exec││█ │
│││Orientation [ ]Portrait [■]Landscape││█ │
│││Pitch [ ]10cpi [ ]12 [■]17 [ ]23 [ ]33││█ │
│││Text pages/side─>2 Sides [ ]1 [■]2││█ │
│││Binding [■]Vert [ ]Horiz Margin 0 ││█ │
││└measUre [ ]In [ ]Mm [■]Chr [ ]Dot [ ]dP┘│█ │
││┌─────────────────────────┤ HORIZONTAL ├┐│█ │
│││Text pages──────>2 Chars/line 80 ││█ │
│││hMar 2 Left 9 Right 9 ││█ │
││└hDiv 6 ──────────────────Width 1 ┘│█ │
││┌───────────────────────────┤ VERTICAL ├┐│█ │
│││Text pages──────>1 Lines/page 71 ││█ │
│││vMar 0 toP 3 ││█ │
││└vDiv 1 ───Bottom 3 ──heIght 1 ┘│█ │
││ Accept eXit select aNother savE │█ │
│╘════════╡NormalLetterLandscapeLine2s2h1v╞╛█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To EDIT an existing STYLE FILE or to create new one, first begin with the
GENERAL section and change the various options in the order in which they are
presented.
Next, after all GENERAL parameters have been set, you can assure the maximum
sized TEXT PAGE(S) by pressing F4 . Then, optionally, adjust the desired
HORIZONTAL CHARACTERS PER LINE and the VERTICAL LINES PER PAGE values.
Now the various margins may be equalized by pressing F5 .
Finally, adjust the individual margin parameters as desired.
-> To EDIT the parameters of any section, first press the section's highlighted
letter, G , H , or V .
-> To DISPLAY the available TEXT PAGE SIZES, based on the currently selected
PAPER SIZE and ORIENTATION, press F6 . A MAXIMUM TEXT PAGE SIZE table will
be displayed, with the highlighted values based on the currently selected
TEXT PAGE and PITCH selections.
77
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒■╡ MAXIMUM TEXT PAGES/SIDE SIZES AVAILABLE ╞════════════════════════════╕ │
│ │HORIZONTAL PAGES═══════> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 │█ │
│ │ PITCH═> 10 106 53 35 26 21 17 15 13 11 10 │█ │
│ │ ┌┤CHARACTERS├┐ 12 126 63 42 31 25 21 18 15 14 12 │█ │
│ │ │ ────────── │ 17 176 88 58 44 35 29 25 22 19 17 │█ │
│ │ └───┤LINE├───┘ 23 245 122 81 61 49 40 35 30 27 24 │█ │
│ │ 33 346 173 115 86 69 57 49 43 38 34 │█ │
│ │ VERTICAL PAGES═══════> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 │█ │
│ │ PITCH═> 10 47 23 15 11 9 7 6 5 5 4 │█ │
│ │ ┌┤LINES├┐ 12 63 31 21 15 12 10 9 7 7 6 │█ │
│ │ │ ───── │ 17 73 36 24 18 14 12 10 9 8 7 │█ │
│ │ └├PAGE├─┘ 23 100 50 33 25 20 16 14 12 11 10 │█ │
│ │ 33 127 63 42 31 25 21 18 15 14 12 │█ │
│ ╘════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
In addition to the EDIT STYLE FILE MENU, graphical displays of both the TEXT
PAGE and the SHEET information are shown. During EDIT STYLE menu selection, the
various STYLE options, such as LEFT MARGIN, will be shown on this diagram.
┌──────────────────────────────────┐
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░┌┤ TEXT PAGE ├┐░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ Lines═>69 █│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ Pitch═>Line │█│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░└─Chars═>80 ─┘█│
│┌────────┤ Sheet─> TYPE:Normal████│
││ SIZE:Letter ░│
│S ┌────────────ORIEN:Landscape░│
│H │ ║ │ │░│
│O │ ▓▓▓▓▓<┐ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓ │ │░│
│R │ ▓▓▓▓▓ ├────>▓▓▓▓▓ │ │░│
│T │ │ ║ │ │░│
│ │═════════│═╬═══════════│ │░│
│S │ │ ║ │ │░│
│I │ ▓▓▓▓▓<┤ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓ │ │░│
│D │ ▓▓▓▓▓ ├────>▓▓▓▓▓ │ │░│
│E │ 2 Text Page(s) │ │░│
││ └───────────────────────┘ │░│
│└───────────LONG SIDE──────────┘░│
└──────────────────────────────────┘
General - Type - This option toggles the STYLE TYPE. The THREE available options
include:
NORMAL Text pages are printed on the paper sheet with the first text page
in the upper left corner and the last text page to this side in the
lower right of the sheet. This type will also produce a "book" when
set to one text page per side and printing is done on both sides.
BOOK PORTRAIT - Each printed sheet is divided into two book pages; one
on the top portion of the sheet and the other on the bottom portion
of the sheet. Each book page contains half of the text pages per
78
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
side.
LANDSCAPE - Each printed sheet is divided into two book pages; one
on the left side of the sheet and the other on the right side of the
sheet. Each book page contains half of the text pages per side.
PAMPHLET Same as BOOK, except each single file is printed on it's own set of
sheets - a book with a single chapter, if you will.
-> To TOGGLE the STYLE TYPE, first highlight this option and then press
LEFT , RIGHT , SPACE , or ENTER .
General - Size - This option toggles the STYLE SIZE of PAPER to use. The FOUR
available options include:
LETTER - 8.5" x 11" 216mm x 279mm
LEGAL - 8.5" x 14" 216mm x 356mm
A4 - 8.25"x 11.7" 210mm x 297mm
EXEC, Executive - 7.25"x 10.5" 184mm x 267mm
NOTE When manually feeding any size paper, use a paper tray of equal or
GREATER length, to assure printing the full length of the paper.
Example, printing A4 paper manually from a Letter tray may result in
not printing the bottom part of the sheet. Printing A4 from a Legal
tray will occur properly.
-> To TOGGLE STYLE SIZE, first highlight this option and then press LEFT ,
RIGHT , SPACE , or ENTER .
General - Orientation - This option toggles the STYLE ORIENTATION to use. The
TWO available options include:
PORTRAIT Each sheet is printed in portrait orientation, with the printing
being parallel with the SHORT side of the sheet.
LANDSCAPE Each sheet is printed in landscape orientation, with the printing
being parallel with the LONG side of the sheet.
-> To TOGGLE STYLE ORIENTATION, first highlight this option and then press
LEFT , RIGHT , SPACE , or ENTER .
General - Pitch - This option toggles the STYLE PITCH to use. The FIVE available
options include:
10 10 characters per inch (cpi)
12 12 cpi
17 16.67 cpi
23 23 cpi
33 33 cpi
-> To TOGGLE STYLE PITCH, first highlight this option and then press LEFT ,
RIGHT , SPACE , or ENTER .
79
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
General - Text Pages - This option selects the STYLE TEXT PAGES per side of the
output printed sheet to use. This option uses a selection menu that is tai-
lored to the selected STYLE TYPE.
NORMAL TYPE style can have any combination of from one to ten text pages
horizontally and vertically - for a total of from 1 to 100 text pages per
side.
BOOK or PAMPHLET TYPE styles must have an even number of text pages in one
direction - they may then have from one to ten in the other direction.
-> To SELECT the STYLE TEXT PAGES, first highlight this option and then press
ENTER . A selection menu will be displayed, with the valid selection for
the current STYLE TYPE highlighted, as shown below.
┌─────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■───────────────────────┐ │
│ │ 1 21 41 61 81 │█ │
│ │ 2 22 42 62 82 │█ │
│ │ 3 23 43 63 83 │█ │
│ │ 4 24 44 64 84 │█ │
│ │ 5 25 45 65 85 │█ │
│ │ 6 26 46 66 86 │█ │
│ │ 7 27 47 67 87 │█ │
│ │ 8 28 48 68 88 │█ │
│ │ 9 29 49 69 89 │█ │
│ │ 10 30 50 70 90 │█ │
│ │ 11 31 51 71 91 │█ │
│ │ 12 32 52 72 92 │█ │
│ │ 13 33 53 73 93 │█ │
│ │ 14 34 54 74 94 │█ │
│ │ 15 35 55 75 95 │█ │
│ │ 16 36 56 76 96 │█ │
│ │ 17 37 57 77 97 │█ │
│ │ 18 38 58 78 98 │█ │
│ │ 19 39 59 79 99 │█ │
│ │ 20 40 60 80 100│█ │
│ └────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────┘
Move the highlight bar to the desired TEXT PAGES and press ENTER .
NOTE When STYLE TEXT PAGES is selected, an arbitrary decision is made
as to how many TEXT PAGES will be printed horizontally and how
many vertically. If these setting are not the ones desired, just
set either one to the correct value. For example, if you select
12 TEXT PAGES per side, the horizontal or vertical TEXT PAGES
may be set to 2, 3, 4, or 6.
General - Sides - This option toggles the STYLE SIDES to use. The TWO available
options are:
1 Single sided printing. Only the front side of each paper sheet will be
printed. (Only valid for NORMAL STYLE TYPE)
80
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
2 Double sided printing. Requires either the use of a Duplex printer, or
the first side must be printed in one pass through the printer and then
this output must be printed again on the other side - a second pass
through the printer. (Required for BOOK or PAMPHLET STYLE TYPE)
-> To TOGGLE STYLE SIDES, first highlight this option and then press LEFT ,
RIGHT , SPACE , or ENTER .
General - Binding - This option toggles the STYLE type of BINDING to use. The
TWO available BINDING options include:
VERT Vertical binding margin to either the left or right of the printed
text pages.
HORIZ Horizontal binding margin to either the top or the bottom of the
printed text pages.
NOTE If the MARGIN for binding is zero, it makes no difference what
this option is set to.
-> To TOGGLE STYLE BINDING, first highlight this option and then press
LEFT , RIGHT , SPACE , or ENTER .
General - Margin - This option allows input/editing of the STYLE MARGIN to use.
The size of the margin may range from none to the difference between the
current margin settings (LEFT-RIGHT for VERT BINDING, TOP-BOTTOM for HORIZ
BINDING) and the corresponding minimum margins.
-> To ENTER/EDIT STYLE MARGIN, first highlight this option and then press
ENTER . Now edit the highlighted field, using the action keys noted on
the bottom help line. When this field has been edited, press ENTER to
accept it.
NOTE This option is NOT available for BOOK and PAMPHLET TYPES of output.
General - Measure - This option toggles the STYLE MEASURE to use when displaying
this menu. All of the data for the STYLE options will be displayed using this
selected MEASURE. The FIVE available options include:
IN Inches
MM Millimeters
CHR Characters
DOT Dots - 300 per inch.
DP Decipoints - 720 per inch (This is the measure that all of the data
is stored in)
-> To TOGGLE STYLE MEASURE, first highlight this option and then press
LEFT , RIGHT , SPACE , or ENTER .
NOTE MEASURE may also be toggled by pressing F3 at any STYLE MENU
prompt.
Horizontal - Text Pages - This option selects the STYLE HORIZONTAL TEXT PAGES
81
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
per side of the output printed sheet to use. It uses a selection menu that is
tailored to the selected STYLE TEXT PAGES.
NORMAL TYPE style can have any combination of from one to ten text pages
horizontally and vertically - from 1 to 100. BOOK and PAMPHLET TYPE styles
must have an even number of text pages in one direction - they may then have
from one to ten in the other direction.
-> To SELECT the STYLE HORIZONTAL TEXT PAGES, first highlight this option and
then press ENTER . A selection menu will be displayed, with the valid
selection for the current STYLE TEXT PAGES highlighted, as shown below.
┌─────────┐
│ ┌■───┐ │
│ │ 1 │█ │
│ │ 2 │█ │
│ │ 3 │█ │
│ │ 4 │█ │
│ │ 5 │█ │
│ │ 6 │█ │
│ │ 7 │█ │
│ │ 8 │█ │
│ │ 9 │█ │
│ │ 10 │█ │
│ └────┘█ │
│ ██████ │
└─────────┘
Move the highlight bar to the desired HORIZONTAL TEXT PAGES and press
ENTER .
NOTE When STYLE TEXT PAGES is selected, an arbitrary decision is made
as to how many TEXT PAGES will be printed horizontally and verti-
cally. If these setting are not the ones desired, just set either
to the correct value. For example, if you select 12 TEXT PAGES
per side, the horizontal or vertical TEXT PAGES may be set to 2,
3, 4, or 6.
Horizontal - Chars/Line -This option allows editing of the STYLE TEXT PAGE CHAR-
ACTERS PER LINE to use. The valid range of the TEXT PAGE CHARACTERS PER LINE
is from one to the maximum number of characters that will fit with the mini-
mum margin settings.
-> To EDIT the TEXT PAGE CHARACTERS PER LINE, first highlight this option and
then press ENTER . Now edit the highlighted field, using the action keys
noted on the bottom help line. When this field has been edited, press
ENTER to accept it.
NOTE Pressing F4 at any STYLE MENU prompt will set the TEXT PAGE
CHARACTERS PER LINE to its MAXIMUM value, decreasing all of the
horizontal margins to their minimums.
Horizontal - hMar -This option allows editing of the STYLE HORIZONTAL MARGIN to
use. HORIZONTAL MARGIN will be placed on both sides of each text page. The
HORIZONTAL MARGIN is measured from the sheet border to the start of the left
82
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
most text page and from right of each text page to the divider area. The
valid range of the HORIZONTAL MARGIN is from zero to the value that will use
all of the available margin. AVAILABLE HORIZONTAL MARGIN is the width of the
selected sheet less the width of all horizontal text pages.
-> To EDIT the HORIZONTAL MARGIN, first highlight this option and then press
ENTER . Now edit the highlighted field, using the action keys noted on
the bottom help line. When this field has been edited, press ENTER to
accept it.
Horizontal - hDiv - This option allows editing of the STYLE HORIZONTAL DIVIDER
to use. HORIZONTAL DIVIDER will be placed between text pages. The HORIZONTAL
DIVIDER is measured from the right of one text page to the left of the next
text page. The valid range of the HORIZONTAL DIVIDER is from 2*HORIZONTAL
MARGIN to the value that will use all of the available margin. AVAILABLE
HORIZONTAL MARGIN is the width of the selected sheet less the width of all
horizontal text pages.
-> To EDIT the HORIZONTAL DIVIDER, first highlight this option and then press
ENTER . Now edit the highlighted field, using the action keys noted on
the bottom help line. When this field has been edited, press ENTER to
accept it.
Horizontal - Left - This option allows editing of the STYLE HORIZONTAL LEFT
MARGIN to use. LEFT MARGIN will be placed from either the left edge of the
sheet or the right edge of a VERTICAL BINDING MARGIN, if specified, to the
left edge of the first text page. The valid range of the LEFT MARGIN is from
the minimum left margin plus the HORIZONTAL MARGIN to the value that will use
all of the available margin. AVAILABLE HORIZONTAL MARGIN is the width of the
selected sheet less the width of all horizontal text pages.
-> To EDIT the HORIZONTAL LEFT MARGIN, first highlight this option and then
press ENTER . Now edit the highlighted field, using the action keys noted
on the bottom help line. When this field has been edited, press ENTER to
accept it.
Horizontal - Right - This option allows editing of the STYLE HORIZONTAL RIGHT
MARGIN to use. RIGHT MARGIN will be placed from the right of the right-most
text page to the right edge of the sheet. The valid range of the RIGHT MARGIN
is from the minimum right margin plus the HORIZONTAL MARGIN to the value that
will use all of the available margin. AVAILABLE HORIZONTAL MARGIN is the
width of the selected sheet less the width of all horizontal text pages.
-> To EDIT the HORIZONTAL RIGHT MARGIN, first highlight this option and then
press ENTER . Now edit the highlighted field, using the action keys noted
on the bottom help line. When this field has been edited, press ENTER to
accept it.
Horizontal - Width - This option allows editing of the STYLE HORIZONTAL WIDTH
between adjacent characters to use. The valid range of the HORIZONTAL WIDTH
is from zero to the width of the sheet.
STYLE HORIZONTAL WIDTH is normally adjusted SLIGHTLY to accommodate a desired
83
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
number of CHARACTERS PER TEXT LINE.
NOTE Practically, HORIZONTAL WIDTH SHOULD NOT BE CHANGED MUCH FROM ITS
DEFAULT VALUE OR OVERPRINTING OR UNSIGHTLY BLANK SPACING WILL OCCUR.
NOTE For best accuracy, use the DECIPOINT MEASURE when working with this
value.
-> To EDIT the HORIZONTAL WIDTH, first highlight this option and then press
ENTER . Now edit the highlighted field, using the action keys noted on
the bottom help line. When this field has been edited, press ENTER to
accept it.
Vertical - Text Pages - This option selects the STYLE VERTICAL TEXT PAGES per
side of the output printed sheet to use. This option uses a selection menu
that is tailored to the selected STYLE TEXT PAGES.
NORMAL TYPE style can have any combination of from one to ten text pages
horizontally and vertically - from 1 to 100. BOOK TYPE styles must have an
even number of text pages in one direction - they may then have from one to
ten in the other direction.
-> To SELECT the STYLE VERTICAL TEXT PAGES, first highlight this option and
then press ENTER . A selection menu will be displayed, with the valid
selections for the current STYLE TEXT PAGES highlighted, as shown below.
┌─────────┐
│ ┌■───┐ │
│ │ 1 │█ │
│ │ 2 │█ │
│ │ 3 │█ │
│ │ 4 │█ │
│ │ 5 │█ │
│ │ 6 │█ │
│ │ 7 │█ │
│ │ 8 │█ │
│ │ 9 │█ │
│ │ 10 │█ │
│ └────┘█ │
│ ██████ │
└─────────┘
Move the highlight bar to the desired VERTICAL TEXT PAGES and press EN-
TER .
NOTE When STYLE TEXT PAGES is selected, an arbitrary decision is made
as to how many TEXT PAGES will be printed horizontally and verti-
cally. If these setting are not the ones desired, just set either
to the correct value. For example, if you select 12 TEXT PAGES
per side, the horizontal or vertical TEXT PAGES may be set to 2,
3, 4, or 6.
Vertical - Lines/Page - This option allows editing of the STYLE TEXT PAGE LINES
PER PAGE to use. The valid range of the TEXT PAGE LINES PER PAGE is from one
84
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
to the maximum number of lines that will fit with the minimum margin set-
tings.
-> To EDIT the TEXT PAGE LINES PER PAGE, first highlight this option and then
press ENTER . Now edit the highlighted field, using the action keys noted
on the bottom help line. When this field has been edited, press ENTER to
accept it.
NOTE Pressing F4 at any STYLE MENU prompt will set the TEXT PAGE
LINES PER PAGE to its MAXIMUM value, decreasing all of the verti-
cal margins to their minimums.
Vertical - vMar - This option allows editing of the STYLE VERTICAL MARGIN to
use. VERTICAL MARGIN will be placed on both the top and bottom of each text
page. The VERTICAL MARGIN is measured from the sheet border to the top of the
top most text page and from the bottom of each text page to the divider area.
The valid range of the VERTICAL MARGIN is from zero to the value that will
use all of the available margin. AVAILABLE VERTICAL MARGIN is the height of
the selected sheet less the height of all vertical text pages.
-> To EDIT the VERTICAL MARGIN, first highlight this option and then press
ENTER . Now edit the highlighted field, using the action keys noted on
the bottom help line. When this field has been edited, press ENTER to
accept it.
Vertical - vDiv - This option allows editing of the STYLE VERTICAL DIVIDER to
use. VERTICAL DIVIDER will be placed between text pages. The VERTICAL DIVIDER
is measured from the bottom of one text page to the top of the next text
page. The valid range of the VERTICAL DIVIDER is from 2*VERTICAL MARGIN to
the value that will use all of the available margin. AVAILABLE VERTICAL MAR-
GIN is the height of the selected sheet less the height of all vertical text
pages.
-> To EDIT the VERTICAL DIVIDER, first highlight this option and then press
ENTER . Now edit the highlighted field, using the action keys noted on
the bottom help line. When this field has been edited, press ENTER to
accept it.
Vertical - Top - This option allows editing of the STYLE VERTICAL TOP MARGIN to
use. TOP MARGIN will be placed either from the top edge of the sheet or the
bottom edge of a VERTICAL BINDING MARGIN,if specified, to the top edge of the
first text page. The valid range of the TOP MARGIN is from the minimum top
margin plus the VERTICAL MARGIN to the value that will use all of the avail-
able margin. AVAILABLE VERTICAL MARGIN is the height of the selected sheet
less the height of all vertical text pages.
-> To EDIT the VERTICAL TOP MARGIN, first highlight this option and then
press ENTER . Now edit the highlighted field, using the action keys noted
on the bottom help line. When this field has been edited, press ENTER to
accept it.
Vertical - Bottom - This option allows editing of the STYLE VERTICAL BOTTOM
MARGIN to use. BOTTOM MARGIN will be placed from the bottom of the
85
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
bottom-most text page to the bottom edge of the sheet. The valid range of the
BOTTOM MARGIN is from the minimum bottom margin plus the VERTICAL MARGIN to
the value that will use all of the available margin. AVAILABLE VERTICAL MAR-
GIN is the height of the selected sheet less the height of all vertical text
pages.
-> To EDIT the VERTICAL BOTTOM MARGIN, first highlight this option and then
press ENTER . Now edit the highlighted field, using the action keys noted
on the bottom help line. When this field has been edited, press ENTER to
accept it.
Vertical - Height - This option allows editing of the STYLE VERTICAL HEIGHT
between text lines to use. The valid range of the VERTICAL HEIGHT is from
zero to the height of the sheet.
STYLE VERTICAL HEIGHT is normally adjusted SLIGHTLY to accommodate a desired
number of LINES PER TEXT PAGE.
NOTE Practically, VERTICAL HEIGHT SHOULD NOT BE CHANGED MUCH FROM ITS
DEFAULT VALUE OR OVERPRINTING OR UNSIGHTLY BLANK SPACING WILL OCCUR.
NOTE For best accuracy, use the DECIPOINT MEASURE when working with this
value.
-> To EDIT the VERTICAL HEIGHT, first highlight this option and then press
ENTER . Now edit the highlighted field, using the action keys noted on
the bottom help line. When this field has been edited, press ENTER to
accept it.
Accept - This option will set the STYLE options to those values that are cur-
rently displayed, and then return to the OPTION function menu. IT WILL NOT
SAVE THESE VALUES IN THE NAMED STYLE FILE.
NOTE To save the values as displayed, you should select the SAVE option
rather than the ACCEPT option.
-> To ACCEPT the currently displayed STYLE options and then return to the
OPTION function menu, highlight the ACCEPT option and press ENTER .
Exit - This option will restore the STYLE options to those that were in effect
before the STYLE menu was displayed, and then return to the OPTION function
menu.
-> To EXIT from the STYLE menu, restoring the STYLE options to their previous
values, and return to the OPTION function menu, highlight the EXIT option
and press ENTER .
Select Another - This option allows selection of another STYLE FILE without
returning to the OPTIONS function menu.
-> To SELECT ANOTHER STYLE FILE, highlight the SELECT ANOTHER option and
press ENTER . The STYLE FILE selection menu will be displayed, as de-
86
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
tailed earlier in this chapter in the section "SET STYLE".
Save - This option will set the STYLE options to the currently displayed values,
allow saving of the STYLE FILE using either its current name or another, and
then return to the OPTION function menu.
-> To SAVE the currently displayed STYLE options, and then return to the
OPTION function menu, highlight the SAVE option and press ENTER . A STYLE
FILE data entry box will next be displayed.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ Style File TZOPShv = Name Code ├─────────┐ │
│ │ Name NLLL221. NLLL221 │█ │
│ │ Description NormalLetterLandscapeLine2s2h1v │█ │
│ └───────────┤ F3>Name=Program Name F4>SwapName/Desc ├─┘█ │
│ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
Any set of STYLE options may be saved to a user named file, for use later to
reset this output STYLE. The STYLE FILE data entry window display shows the
file's current name and description. The name and the description may be
edited prior to the file's being saved.
Both the file's name and description can be computer generated, based on the
STYLE's general options. The format followed is:
T Output type
Z Paper size
O Sheet orientation
F Font pitch
S Sides of the sheet printed
h Text pages horizontally
v Text pages vertically
This format allows the eighth file name character to be used to differentiate
between like general option styles - for example, one with a binding margin
and one without.
-> To SET the files' name to the program name, press F3 .
-> To SWAP the file's current name and description with a computer generated
name and description, based on the STYLE's general options, press F4 .
-> To CANCEL this operation, press ESCAPE .
-> Edit the file's name as desired. When done, press ENTER .
-> Edit the file's description as desired. When done, press ENTER . If the
file, as named, exists, a confirmation prompt will be displayed.
┌─────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒■╡ This File Exists. Replace? ╞═╕ │
│ │ No Yes │█ │
│ ╘════════════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To SAVE the file, press Y . When the file has been saved, a confirma-
tion message will be displayed.
87
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
┌────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ MESSAGE ├───────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ C:\LM\LMS\NLLL221.LMS style file updated. │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> Press any key to continue.
Option File [Advanced]
The OPTION FILE option will load an option file that contains preset values,
replacing any/all of the current option values. The main purpose of this option
is to allow setting the LASR_MAN options for a specific type of printing, such
as printing manuals with a fixed set of style options from a given directory.
These options may then be saved, with a file name and description, using this
option or the EXIT function, and then reloaded at a later time.
NOTE If the option file "LASR_MAN.LMO" exists, it will be automatically
loaded, if an OPTION FILE OPTION is not specified on the command line.
-> To LOAD a previously saved option file, select the OPTION FILE option by
pressing O . An OPTION FILES selection menu will be displayed, as shown
below. The OPTION FILES menu displays all of the available OPTIONS FILES in
alphabetic order, along with their descriptions and the date that they were
last edited.
┌────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔■╡ OPTION FILES ╞══════════════════════════════════════════╡ 9╞═╗ │
│ ║ LASR_MAN.LMO 2 pps, both sides 12-31-99 ■█ │
│ ║ LM_DOC_2.LMO Print LASR_MAN Manual, 1pps, 1 side 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ LM_DOC_3.LMO Print LASR_MAN Manual, 2pps, 1 side 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ LM_DOC_4.LMO Print LASR_MAN Manual, 4pps, 1 side 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ LM_DOC_5.LMO Print LASR_MAN Manual, 8pps, 1 side 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ LM_DOC_6.LMO Print LASR_MAN Manual, book-4pages/sheet 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ LM_DOC_7.LMO Print LASR_MAN Manual, pamphlet, 8pps 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ LM_DOC_8.LMO Print LASR_MAN Manual, pamphlet, 16pps 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ LM_DOC_9.LMO Print LASR_MAN Manual, 4pps, set options 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ╚═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL this operation and leave the OPTIONS setting as they are currently,
press ESCAPE .
-> To POSITION the highlight bar on a specific file, press the FIRST LETTER of
the file's name. The highlight bar will be positioned on the first file name
that starts with this letter. To continue the search, press the NEXT LETTER
of the file's name. Continue this procedure until the desired file is high-
lighted.
NOTE Pressing any cursor control key will discontinue the search. If no
file exists for the key pressed, a short beep will be heard.
-> To SELECT an option file to load, move the highlight bar to the desired one
using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . The file will then be read,
with valid parameters replacing any option parameters now in effect.
88
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
-> To VIEW the contents of a option file, move the highlight bar to the desired
one using the cursor control keys and press F2 . The file view window will
be displayed, as shown below.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌─┤ VIEW - File LASR_MAN.LMO Page 1
├───────────────────────────────────────┐│
││/!2 pps, both sides ^│
││/.600 ▒│
││/AE ▒│
││/DC:\LM ▒│
││/EN ▒│
││/F*.* ▒│
││/HF_ ▒│
││/HLF'' v│
││/HCP'' ││
││/HRA'' ││
││/I999 ││
││/P0 ││
││/RN ││
││/SNLLL221 ││
││/T0 ││
│└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>┘│
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To VIEW MORE of this page of the selected file, use the PAGEUP
PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys.
-> To RETURN to the first screen display of this page, press HOME .
-> To VIEW the next page of this file, press ENTER .
-> To END viewing this file, press ESCAPE .
-> To SAVE an OPTIONS FILE, move the highlight bar to it and press INSERT . A
SAVE OPTIONS FILE data entry window will be displayed, as shown below, which
will allow editing of the OPTION FILE's name and description.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ Option File ├──────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ Name LASR_MAN │█ │
│ │ Description 2 pps, both sides │█ │
│ └─────────────────────────────┤ F3>Name=Program Name ├─┘█ │
│ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To EDIT either the file name or description, use the control keys shown
on the help line.
NOTE The default option file name of "LASR_MAN" will cause the file
to be automatically loaded every time that LASR_MAN is run and
does not need to be specified on the command line.
The option file extension will be ".LMO" and should NOT be entered.
NOTE The description is optional and may be left blank, although it
can be quite helpful when viewing option files prior to load-
ing.
-> To CANCEL this function, press ESCAPE .
89
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
-> To ACCEPT either the file name or description after editing is com-
plete, press ENTER .
After both name and description have been entered, a data path option
menu is displayed.
┌──────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ Save the DATA PATH? ├─┐ │
│ │ Yes No │█ │
│ └─────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ███████████████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────┘
-> To INCLUDE the current drive-directory DATA PATH in the saved option
file, press Y .
-> To EXCLUDE the DATA PATH from the saved option file, press N . This
method is useful for creating generic option files that can be used
for printing files from any drive-directory.
If the OPTIONS FILE currently exists, a verification prompt is displayed.
┌─────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒■╡ This File Exists. Replace? ╞═╕ │
│ │ No Yes │█ │
│ ╘════════════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL this function, press ESCAPE .
-> To SAVE the file, press Y . The current options will be saved, and a
save complete message displayed.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ MESSAGE ├─────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ C:\LM\LMO\LASR_MAN.LMO option file updated. │█ │
│ └─────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ███████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CONTINUE, press any key. The program returns to the OPTION FUNCTION
menu.
NOTE The option files may be modified with an ASCII word proces-
sor/editor. For example, if you want to use the default option
file, "LASR_MAN.LMO", but want the data directory to be the
current drive-directory, you may edit the file and remove the
line that begins "/D...".
-> To DELETE a OPTIONS FILE, move the highlight bar to it and press DELETE . A
confirmation prompt will then be displayed.
┌───────────────────────┐
│ ╒■╡ Delete File? ╞═╕ │
│ │ No Yes │█ │
│ ╘══════════════════╛█ │
│ ████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────┘
-> To DELETE this OPTIONS FILE, press Y .
90
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
Change confg [Advanced]
The configuration file is used to specify the printer parameters and commands.
There are two ways to make changes to the printer parameters that it contains.
The first is to customize the file itself, a procedure described in the chapter
"EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE".
The second is to create a change configuration file containing only the parame-
ters that are to be changed, and then read this file during the execution of
LASR_MAN. The procedures for creating a change configuration file are also de-
scribed in the chapter "EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE".
This option can select a change configuration file containing any of the printer
parameters such as the default typeface for each pitch and the width of lines
used to draw the sheet borders.
-> To CHANGE any of the parameters of the LASR_MAN configuration file for this
program execution only, select the CHANGE CONFG option by pressing G . The
CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILES list is displayed, listing these files in alpha-
betic order, along with their description and the date on which they were
last edited.
┌────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔■╡ CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILES ╞════════════════════════════╡ 2╞═╗ │
│ ║ GERMAN.LMC German Page Headings 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ NONOPAGE.LMC Suppresses the no page message 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ╚═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL selection of the change configuration file at this point, press
ESCAPE .
-> To POSITION the highlight bar on a specific file, press the FIRST LETTER
of the file's name. The highlight bar will be positioned on the first file
name that starts with this letter. To continue the search, press the NEXT
LETTER of the file's name. Continue this procedure until the desired file
is highlighted.
NOTE Pressing any cursor control key will discontinue the search.
If no file exists for the key pressed, a short beep will be
heard.
-> To SELECT a change configuration file to load, move the highlight bar to
the desired one using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . The se-
lected change configuration file name is displayed to the right of the
CONFIG FILE option. The file will then be read, with valid parameters
replacing any configuration parameters now in effect.
-> To VIEW the contents of a change configuration file, move the highlight
bar to the desired one using the cursor control keys and press F2 . The
file view window will be displayed, as shown below.
91
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌─┤ VIEW - File NONOPAGE.LMC Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐ │
││ LASR_MAN PRINTER CONFIGURATION CHANGE FILE ^█│
││ ▒█│
││ NAME: NONOPAGE.LMC ▒█│
││ : Suppresses the no page message ▒█│
││ : Copyright 1991-1994, MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved. ▒█│
││ SOURCE: 04-12-92 MicroMetric, Sarasota, FL. ▒█│
││ ▒█│
││ 1001:version=60 ▒█│
││ ▒█│
││ 1006:any_size_bin=Yes ▒█│
││ ▒█│
││ 1011:print_no_page_message[80]= ▒█│
││ ▒█│
││ 1999:end=Yes v█│
│└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>────┘█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To VIEW MORE of this page of the selected file, use the PAGEUP
PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys.
-> To RETURN to the first screen display of this page, press HOME .
-> To VIEW the next page of this file, press ENTER .
-> To END viewing this file, press ESCAPE .
Page Title [Advanced]
The PAGE TITLE selection menu is used to determine whether two of the lines on
each text page will be used for a page title or for file text and, if there is a
title, its format. The title, when printed, consists of three segments - left,
center, right - each of which may be independently set to one of eight different
formats, one of which allows user data entry. The title may be in the form of a
page header or footer, and it can be underlined. A depiction of the PAGE TITLE
is shown below.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│<═══LEFT TITLE SEGMENT══> <══CENTER TITLE SEGMENT═> <══RIGHT TITLE SEGMENT══>│
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CHANGE the PAGE TITLE option or edit its segments, select the PAGE TITLE
option by pressing T . A menu to select the TITLE Type is next displayed.
┌─────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ TITLE Type ╞═╕ │
│ │ Header >│█ │
│ │ Footer >│█ │
│ │ hEad/foot >│█ │
│ │ fOot/head >│█ │
│ │ None │█ │
│ ╘════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████ │
└─────────────────────┘
The "hEad/foot" option will generate a header title, and the "fOot/head"
option will generate a footer for output styles with one and two text pages
per side.
92
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:2 │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:2 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
║ HEADER/FOOTER FOOTER/HEADER ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
For output styles with more than two text pages vertically per side, the
"hEad/foot" and "fOot/head" options generate title formats where the top text
pages will have the first, and the lower text pages will have the second.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────┐<────4 Pages/Side ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░ PAGE:2 │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ PAGE:1 │ PAGE:2 │ PAGE:3 │ PAGE:4 │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │───────────┼───────────│ │────────┼────────┼────────┼────────│ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ PAGE:5 │ PAGE:6 │ PAGE:7 │ PAGE:8 │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ ░░ PAGE:4 │ 8 Pages/Side ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ Both HEADER/FOOTER ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
-> To LEAVE the PAGE TITLE option as it is currently set, press ESCAPE .
-> To SELECT a different TITLE Type, press its highlighted letter or move the
highlight bar to the desired TITLE Type with the arrow keys and press EN-
TER . If one of the types that display the title is selected, an UNDERLINE
selection menu is displayed.
┌─────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Underline? ╞═╕ │
│ │ Yes No v│█ │
│ ╘════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████ │
└─────────────────────┘
-> To LEAVE the page TITLE option as it is currently set, press ESCAPE .
-> To UNDERLINE the selected title, press Y .
-> To PRINT the Title without an underline, press N .
93
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
A TITLE format selection menu is next displayed for the LEFT segment of the
title. This will be followed by menus for the CENTER and RIGHT title seg-
ments.
┌────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ For the LEFT title, use ├─────┐ │
│ │ FILE: nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy hh:mm │█ │
│ │ fILE: nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy │█ │
│ │ fiLE: nnnnnnnn.eee │█ │
│ │ PRINTED: mm-dd-yy hh:mm │█ │
│ │ pRINTED: mm-dd-yy │█ │
│ │ pAGE: pppp │█ │
│ │ paGE: pppp [ff-nnnn] │█ │
│ │ Custom │█ │
│ │ Nothing │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To LEAVE this and the other title segments with their current settings,
press ESCAPE . The program will return to the OPTIONS Function menu.
-> To LEAVE this title segment data as it is currently set, press ENTER .
-> To CHANGE the format to be displayed in this title segment from that
highlighted, press the desired title segment format's highlighted
letter or move the highlight bar to it using the arrow keys and press
ENTER .
If the "Custom" title segment option is selected, A Custom Title data
entry window is displayed.
┌────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌──┤ Enter Custom Title ├───┐ │
│ │ ......................... │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────┘
-> To EDIT this Custom Title segment, type or change the desired data,
using the action keys that are shown on the bottom help line.
-> To CANCEL changing this Custom Title segment, and restore its former
value, press ESCAPE .
-> To ACCEPT this edited Custom Title segment, press ENTER .
The newly defined title segment formats are temporarily displayed during
selection on the next to the last line of the background display. The dis-
play below would be seen after the LEFT and CENTER title segments have
been defined, and while waiting for the RIGHT title segment to be select-
ed.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│FILE: NNNNNNNN.EEE MM-DD-YY PRINTED: MM-DD-YY HH:MM │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
Font File [Expert]
The FONT OPTION allows selection of the desired FONT TYPEFACE, either internal
or downloadable soft font, to use with the currently selected pitch.
-> To SELECT a different FONT TYPEFACE, select the FONT option. A menu of AVAIL-
94
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
ABLE FONT TYPEFACES will be displayed. The AVAILABLE FONT TYPEFACES list
displays, for the selected PITCH, the FONT TYPEFACES in alphabetic order,
along with their description and the date on which they were last modified.
Those fonts that are internal or cartridge are starred, '*'.
┌────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔■╡ AVAILABLE FONT TYPEFACES - Line PITCH ╞═════════════════╡ 4╞═╗ │
│ ║ 2P1700.LMF *Line Printer 12-31-99 ■█ │
│ ║ 2P1704.LMF MM Helvic 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ 2P1705.LMF MM Times Roman 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ 2P1706.LMF MM LetterGothic 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ╚═══════════════════════════════════════════════╡ *=Internal Font ╞═╝█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To RETURN to the OPTIONS menu, press ESCAPE .
-> To POSITION the highlight bar on a specific FONT, press the FIRST LETTER of
the FONT's name. The highlight bar will be positioned on the first FONT name
that starts with this letter. To continue the search, press the NEXT LETTER
of the FONT's name. Continue this procedure until the desired FONT is high-
lighted. NOTES: Pressing any cursor control key will discontinue the search.
If no FONT exists for the key pressed, a short beep will be heard.
-> To SELECT a FONT TYPEFACE, move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER .
-> To VIEW the contents of any FONT FILE, move the highlight bar to the desired
file name using the arrow keys and press F2 .
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌■┤ VIEW - File 2P1700.LMF Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐│
││W*Internal Font....................DESCRIPTION->[Line Printer ] ^│
││ ▒│
││ ▒│
││ v│
│└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>┘│
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To VIEW MORE of this page of the selected file, use the PAGEUP
PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys.
-> To RETURN to the first screen display of this page, press HOME .
-> To VIEW the next page of this file, press ENTER .
-> To END viewing this file, press ESCAPE .
-> To DELETE a FONT TYPEFACE, move the highlight bar to it and press DELETE . A
verify menu will be displayed next.
┌───────────────────────┐
│ ╒■╡ Delete File? ╞═╕ │
│ │ No Yes │█ │
│ ╘══════════════════╛█ │
│ ████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────┘
-> To DELETE the highlighted FONT TYPEFACE file, press Y , or press N or
ESCAPE to cancel the operation.
-> To CREATE a new INTERNAL FONT TYPEFACE description and selection file, press
INSERT . A SAVE FONT TYPEFACE FILE data entry window will be displayed,
which will allow editing of the FONT TYPEFACE FILE's name and description.
95
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ Font File ├────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ Name 2P1700.. │█ │
│ │ Description *Line Printer │█ │
│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
NOTE WARNING: DO NOT USE THE SAME NAME AS A CURRENT SOFT FONT TYPEFACE
FILE OR THE SOFT FONT FILE WILL BE LOST!
-> After editing the file name and description, the TYPEFACE DESCRIPTION FONT
file will be created and a completion message displayed.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ MESSAGE ├─────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ C:\LP\LMF\2P1799.LMF font file updated. │█ │
│ └─────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ███████████████████████████████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CONTINUE, press any key.
Cover file [Expert]
LASR_MAN has the ability to print a cover file, located on the appropriate sub-
directory off of the program directory, before printing the normally selected
files. This cover file, with a required extension of ".LMV", may be of any
length and can be created and/or edited by a word processor. When selected, it
will be printed before all of the other selected files.
Select for Printing - A COVER FILES selection menu, listing the available cover
files is next displayed, as shown above. It contains all of the files on the
selected (or only) directory that have an extension of ".LMV".
┌────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔■╡ COVER FILES ╞═══════════════════════════════════════════╡ 4╞═╗ │
│ ║ NONE Do not use a cover file ■█ │
│ ║ LM_SOUR.LMV LASR-MAN SOURCE CODE LISTING 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ SAMPLE.LMV LASR_MANMANUAL DATE: FROM: TO: 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ║ SUMM_DOC.LMV MICRO- METRIC PROGRAM SUMMARY 12-31-99 ║█ │
│ ╚═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL selection of the cover file at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To POSITION the highlight bar on a specific file, press the FIRST LETTER
of the file's name. The highlight bar will be positioned on the first file
name that starts with this letter. To continue the search, press the NEXT
LETTER of the file's name. Continue this procedure until the desired file
is highlighted.
NOTE Pressing any cursor control key will discontinue the search. If
no file exists for the key pressed, a short beep will be heard.
-> To SELECT a cover file to print before the selected files, move the high-
96
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
light bar to the desired one using the cursor control keys and press EN-
TER . The selected cover file name will be displayed to the right of the
COVER FILE option.
-> To VIEW the contents of a cover file, move the highlight bar to the de-
sired one using the cursor control keys and press F2 . The file view
window will be displayed, as shown below.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌─┤ VIEW - File SAMPLE.LMV Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐█│
││▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ^█│
││▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒█ ▒█│
││▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▒▒▄ ▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒█ ▒█│
││▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▒▒█▀▀▒▒█▀ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▒▒█▀ ▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒█▒▒▄▒▒█ ▒█│
││▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒█▀ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒▄ ▒▒█▒▒█▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒█│
││ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▒█│
││▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒█│
││▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ v█│
││▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ │█│
││▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▀▀▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ │█│
││▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒│█│
││ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀│█│
││▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ │█│
││▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▄ ▀▀▒▒█▀▀▀ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ │█│
││▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▒▒▄ ▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ │█│
│└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>─────┘█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To VIEW MORE of this page of the selected file, use the PAGEUP
PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys.
-> To RETURN to the first screen display of this page, press HOME .
-> To VIEW the next page of this file, press ENTER .
-> To END viewing this file, press ESCAPE .
-> To DELETE the highlighted COVER FILE, press DELETE . A verification
prompt will be displayed.
┌───────────────────────┐
│ ╒■╡ Delete File? ╞═╕ │
│ │ No Yes │█ │
│ ╘══════════════════╛█ │
│ ████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────┘
-> To DELETE the file, press Y .
-> To LEAVE the cover file as is, press N or ESCAPE .
Option Switches [Expert]
A variety of option switches are available to control the printed output. Most
of these switches are of the toggle variety but several are more complex and
have selection or entry menus. The TOGGLE/CHANGE OPTION SWITCHES menu is dis-
played below.
-> To first DISPLAY the TOGGLE/CHANGE OPTION SWITCHES selection menu, press W
or move the highlight bar to it using the arrow keys and press ENTER .
97
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
┌────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ TOGGLE/CHANGE OPTION SWITCH ├───────────┐ │
│ │ file Page start>ANY blanK lines════>YES │█ │
│ │ switch Titles══>NO no Left margin═> 0 │█ │
│ │ title Headers══>YES Spaces/tab═════> 8 │█ │
│ │ print Formfeeds>YES tAb print width> 8 │█ │
│ │ Border type════>SHW teXt word wrap═>+++ │█ │
│ │ Dividers (H/V)═>I/I print ctRl chrs>YES │█ │
│ │ text page floW═>HOR │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To LEAVE the TOGGLE/CHANGE OPTION SWITCHES menu, press ESCAPE .
-> To TOGGLE/CHANGE an option switch, press its highlighted letter or move
the highlight bar to the desired option switch using the arrow keys and
press ENTER .
File Page Start (Toggle) - Determines whether new files will be started on
the next text page when printing in multiple pages per side, or if text
pages will be skipped between files. This switch acts as a toggle and has
four states:
ANY Start the next file on the next text page.
ODD Start the next file on the next odd text page.
SID Start the next file on the next side page.
SHE Start the next file on the next sheet page.
Switch Titles (Toggle) - Will switch the left and right title segment data
fields on even numbered pages. If the option switch is "Yes", the left and
right title segment data fields will be switched on all even numbered
pages. If it is "No", the title will be the same on all pages.
Title Headers (Toggle) - Used to remove the headers from title section data
fields. Each title section data field, except the custom field, has a
header, such as "PAGE:" for the page data field. If this option is "Yes",
these title headers will be printed. If it is "No", they will be removed.
As an example, the first title segment data field would be printed as
"'FILE:nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy hh:mm" with the TITLE HEADERS switch set to
"Yes", and as "nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy hh:mm" when set to "No".
Print Form Feeds (Toggle) - Specifies how text form feed characters will be
handled during printing. The available PRINT FORM FEEDS option include:
YES All text form feed characters will be printed.
NO Text form feed characters will be ignored.
*** Form feed characters are replaced with a text line of special
characters to denote the page break, and the form feed is NOT
printed. Using this method, the location of form feed charac-
ters will then be visible in the output.
Border Type (Toggle) - Determines what type of a border, if any, will be
drawn around all of the text pages on a side, or, based on the PAGE DIVID-
ER option switch, around each individual text page. This switch acts as a
98
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
toggle and has four states:
NO No border is drawn around the text pages.
LIN Draw a thin line border around the text pages.
BLK Draw a thick line border around the text pages.
SHW Draw a shadow border around the text pages.
Page Dividers (Menu) - Used to define the page dividers that are normally
included when multiple text pages are printed on one side of a paper
sheet. Two divider selection menus are displayed: first the HORIZONTAL DI-
VIDER and then the VERTICAL DIVIDER.
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ Horizontal ├─────┐ │
│ │ None │█ │
│ │ Line │█ │
│ │ Block │█ │
│ │ Individual box │█ │
│ └────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────┘
-> To LEAVE the PAGE DIVIDER OPTION as it is currently set, press ES-
CAPE .
-> To SELECT a HORIZONTAL PAGE DIVIDER OPTION, press its highlighted let-
ter or move the highlight bar to it using the arrow keys and press
ENTER . The VERTICAL PAGE DIVIDER menu will then be displayed, unless
INDIVIDUAL BOX has been selected.
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ Vertical ├───────┐ │
│ │ None │█ │
│ │ Line │█ │
│ │ Block │█ │
│ │ Individual box │█ │
│ └────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────┘
-> To LEAVE the PAGE DIVIDER OPTION as it is currently set, press ES-
CAPE .
-> To SELECT a VERTICAL PAGE DIVIDER OPTION, press its highlighted letter
or move the highlight bar to it using the arrow keys and press ENTER .
Page Flow (Toggle) - There are two options for page flow on output styles
that have multiple text pages per side. The first is HORIZONTAL, where
text pages are printed across the top of the sheet from left to right, and
then lower again till the bottom of the sheet. VERTICAL page flow prints
the first text page on the left side of the sheet, top first then bottom.
The default PAGE FLOW style output is horizontal, as shown below for four
and eight text pages per side styles, by the page numbers followed by "H".
The PAGE FLOW option switch may be toggled for vertical flow, resulting in
the output depicted below with page numbers followed by "V".
99
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═══════════════╗<=PORTRAIT │
│ ║1V │3V ║ LANDSCAPE │
│ ║ or │ or ║ ╔═══════════════════════╗ │
│ ║ 1H│ 2H║ ║1V │3V │5V │7V ║ │
│ ║───────┼───────║ ║ 1H│ 2H│ 3H│ 4H║ │
│ ║2V │4V ║ ║─────┼─────┼─────┼─────║ │
│ ║ or │ or ║ ║2V │4V │6V │8V ║ │
│ ║ 3H│ 4H║ ║ 5H│ 6H│ 7H│ 8H║ │
│ ╚══4 Pages/Side═╝ ╚══════8 Pages/Side═════╝ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To TOGGLE the PAGE FLOW option switch, press its highlighted letter or
move the highlighted bar to it and press ENTER .
Blank Lines (Toggle) - Blank lines from the input file are normally printed
on the output. This option allows suppression of blank lines on the out-
put, and is useful in cases where the input file is double spaced and it's
desired to have the output single spaced. If the option switch is "Yes",
the default, blank lines will be printed. If the option is "No", blank
lines will not be printed.
No Left Margin (Entry) - Blank spaces on the left margin may be suppressed by
use of this option. The NO LEFT MARGIN option will remove leading blank
spaces on each text line. It DOES NOT remove text, only blank spaces.
For example, if a page has lines that are 85 characters long, but there
are 5 blank spaces at the beginning of each line, setting the NO LEFT MAR-
GIN to a value 5 will allow the page to print properly, using a STYLE OF
OUTPUT that has 80 characters/line.
-> To CHANGE the NO LEFT MARGIN option setting, press its highlighted
letter or move the highlighted bar to it and press ENTER . Its current
value will be displayed for editing.
┌───────────────────────────┐
│ no Left margin═> 0. │
└───────────────────────────┘
-> To EDIT the NO LEFT MARGIN data, use the cursor control keys shown
on the help line.
-> To ACCEPT the NO LEFT MARGIN data after editing, press ENTER .
-> To CANCEL changing the NO LEFT MARGIN data, press ESCAPE .
Spaces/Tab (Entry) - The SPACES PER TABS option is used to determine the
number of spaces used for tab characters in the selected files that are to
be printed. Additionally, leading spaces of more than the SPACES/TAB value
will be converted to tab characters: for example if SPACES/TAB is 8, twen-
ty-four leading spaces = three tab characters. Correct use of this option
switch, along with the next, TAB PRINT WIDTH, will assure proper alignment
of the final output.
The SPACES/TAB option switch should be set to the value used by the text
editor or word processor that generated the document to be printed. This
value is normally eight spaces per tab.
100
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
-> To CHANGE the SPACES/TAB option setting, press its highlighted letter
or move the highlighted bar to it and press ENTER . Its current value
will be displayed for editing.
┌───────────────────────────┐
│ Spaces/tab═════> 8 │
└───────────────────────────┘
-> To EDIT the SPACES/TAB data, use the cursor control keys shown on
the help line.
-> To ACCEPT the SPACES/TAB data after editing, press ENTER .
-> To CANCEL changing the SPACES/TAB data, press ESCAPE .
Tab Print Width (Entry) - Although tabs may have been defined as a specific
width, such as eight spaces - the default value, they can be printed out
with a different width by use of this option switch.
-> To CHANGE the TAB PRINT WIDTH option setting, press its highlighted
letter or move the highlighted bar to it and press ENTER . Its current
value will be displayed for editing.
┌───────────────────────────┐
│ tAb print width> 8 │
└───────────────────────────┘
-> To EDIT the TAB PRINT WIDTH data, use the cursor control keys shown
on the help line.
-> To ACCEPT the TAB PRINT WIDTH data after editing, press ENTER .
-> To CANCEL changing the TAB PRINT WIDTH data, press ESCAPE .
Text Word Wrap (Toggle) - When the file text line is longer than the selected
STYLE OF OUTPUT print line, the part of the text that will fit on the
first line is printed. How the remaining text for that line is then han-
dled depends on the selected text word wrap option. Available TEXT WORD
WRAP options include:
+++ The first output text line is filled completely, and the re-
maining text is then placed on the next output line preceded by
character continuation string, whose default value is " ═══>".
This character continuation string is defined in the configura-
tion file, and may be changed. A text string of up to 1000 char-
acters will be handled properly, being broken into multiple
lines.
Cut The first output text line is filled completely, and the
remaining text for that line is discarded.
Yes The first output text line is filled to the last full word, and
the remaining text is then placed on the next output line. Sin-
gle carriage returns are ignored, and double carriage returns
are processed as such. This is a "paragraph" approach to prepar-
ing the output, and will not work well with tabular or graphical
text material.
-> To TOGGLE the TEXT WORD WRAP OPTION SWITCH, press its highlighted let-
ter or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER .
101
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
Print Ctrl Chrs (Toggle) - Determines how control characters (ASCII 1-31)
will be printed on output. This toggle has two states:
NO Substitute a '■' character for all control characters.
YES Print ASCII 1-31 characters "as is".
Line/Page Limit [Expert]
The LINES PER PAGE LIMIT option can be used to force a text file, that
does not use form feed characters, to properly paginate when it's lines per page
is different than the selected STYLE OF OUTPUT's lines per page.
For example, if a text file has 66 lines per page without any form feed charac-
ters and the selected STYLE OF OUTPUT prints 72 lines per page, setting the
LINES PER PAGE LIMIT to 66 will result in properly printed pagination.
-> To CHANGE the LINES PER PAGE LIMIT, press its highlighted letter or move the
highlight bar to it and press ENTER . Edit the LINES PER PAGE LIMIT as de-
sired.
┌───────────────────────────┐
│ Line/page limit 999 │
└───────────────────────────┘
-> To ACCEPT the edited LINES PER PAGE LIMIT, press ENTER .
-> To CANCEL editing and leave the LINES PER PAGE LIMIT as currently set,
press ESCAPE .
Stamp-it! [Expert]
A halftone "rubber stamp" can optionally be printed on each text page. The char-
acter size of this stamp is fixed - about 3/8" high - and is the same for all
Styles of Output. Each letter has a thin outline and a lightly shaded interior.
The stamp may be printed horizontally across the center of the text pageor ver-
tically. Stamp text is first selected from a list of commonly used stamps. The
default is to NOT print a halftone "rubber stamp" on each text page.
-> To CHANGE the status of this STAMP-IT! option, press its highlighted letter
or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . A STAMP-IT! STYLE selec-
tion menu will then be displayed.
┌────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Style ╞═╕ │
│ │ None │█ │
│ │ Horizont >│█ │
│ │ Vertical >│█ │
│ ╘═══════════╛█ │
│ █████████████ │
└────────────────┘
-> To LEAVE the STAMP-IT! STYLE as it was, press ESCAPE .
-> To SELECT a STAMP-IT! STYLE, press its highlighted letter or move the
highlight bar to it and press ENTER . A STAMP-IT! TEXT selection menu
will next be displayed.
102
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═╡ STAMP-IT! Text ╞═╗ │
│ ║ Copy ║█ │
│ ║ confidEntial ║█ │
│ ║ do Not copy ║█ │
│ ║ Draft ║█ │
│ ║ Urgent ║█ │
│ ╚════════════════════╝█ │
│ ██████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────┘
-> To SELECT a new or different STAMP-IT! text, press its highlighted
letter or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The selected
text, or at least the first portion of it, will appear on the "STAMP-
IT!" option line.
NOTE There is also a time cost to printing a "rubber stamp" on each text
page: the length of time required to initially download the "rubber
stamp" soft font to the printer is about fifty seconds. Printing the
"rubber stamp" on each text page normally requires little additional
time.
103
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
104
FILES SELECT FUNCTION
File selection and tagging is the cornerstone of LASR_MAN operations. It is the
process of specifying which file or files, located on the currently selected
drive-directory, are to be printed. Only the files from one directory at a time
may be printed with LASR_MAN. Only after a file or files are selected and tagged
may printing occur.
The file names displayed for file selection are those files on the current
drive-directory as defined by the Data Path. If the files from a different
drive-directory are desired, first select the SETUP Function and change the
data path prior to selecting the FILES SELECT Function.
Additionally, the files displayed must meet the criteria defined by ARCHIVE BIT
STATUS & FILE MASK options.
LASR_MAN will handle directories with up to 2048 files, displaying them seventy-
five at a time. Files in excess of this number will be bypassed, and an overflow
error message will be displayed.
NOTE To process directories containing more than 2048 files, use the ARCHIVE
BIT and FILE MASK options to decrease the number of selectable files to
less than 2048.
The options displayed on the FILES SELECT FUNCTION menu, and the other four
FUNCTION menus, depend on the selected USER MENU LEVEL. The FUNCTION menu dis-
played below is set to the Expert level.
-> To SELECT the FILES SELECT Function when the display is at the MAIN MENU,
press F or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the FILES SELECT Function
using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . The FILES SELECT Function
menu will then be displayed, as shown below.
105
FILES SELECT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
╒■╡ LASeR print MANager Menu>EXPERT │Display>EXPERT+ │Date>12-31-99│08:00 ╞═╕
│░ setUp Options Files select Print eXit ░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╔■══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░DATA PATH═>G:\LM░░░░░░░░║ File selection/tag >║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ file Mask:*.* ║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│┌┤ TEXT PAGE ├┐░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Archive bit: EITHER ║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
││ Lines═>69 ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚═══════════════════════╝░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
││ Pitch═>Line │═══════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│└─Chars═>80 ─┘ ║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│ TYPE:Normal ║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│ SIZE:Letter ║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│ORIEN:Landscape ║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░╚╡2 pgs/SIDE╞═══════════════╝░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│
│░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█ ░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│
│░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░░░░░▄░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│
│░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│
╘╡ LASR_MAN Version 6.00, Copyright 1990-94 MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>Function Menu│[DOFPX] >Function│<┘/[char]>Select│ Home End│
-> To RETURN to the MAIN MENU, press ESCAPE .
-> To SWITCH to another Function, press its highlighted letter.
-> To SELECT a FILES SELECT Function option, press its highlighted letter or
move the highlight bar to the desired option with the cursor control keys
and press ENTER .
File Selection/Tag [Normal]
FILE SELECTION/TAG is the process of specifying which file or files, located on
the current drive-directory, are to be printed.
-> To SELECT and tag files from the current drive-directory for printing, select
the FILE SELECTION/TAG option by pressing F . A FILE TAG MENU is next dis-
played.
┌────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ FILE TAG MENU ╞═╕ │
│ │ Toggle file tag │█ │
│ │ All files─────TAG │█ │
│ │ Count page/sheet │█ │
│ │<analyZe file │█ │
│ ╘═══════════════════╛█ │
│ █████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────┘
NOTE The "All files" option is available only at the ADVANCED or EXPERT
User Level. The "Count page/sheet" and "analyZe file" options are
available only at the EXPERT User Level.
Normally the ENTER key will exit from FILE SELECTION and switch to PRINT if any
files have been tagged. This action, however, can be changed to toggling the
106
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 FILES SELECT FUNCTION
highlighted file's tag status, acting like the SPACE bar.
-> To TOGGLE the action to be performed by the ENTER key, press TAB . The
current action of ENTER is shown on the help line.
NOTE If a mouse is used, the ENTER key should be set to act like the
SPACE bar, toggling the file's tag status. The LEFT mouse button can
then be used to tag files and the RIGHT mouse button can exit file
selection.
Additionally, three other windows are also displayed. The FILE INFORMATION win-
dow displays data on the currently highlighted file and will, when they are
selected, provide additional information with the ANALYZE FILE and VIEW PAGE
options. The right-most abbreviations stand for maximum characters per line and
maximum lines per page. These are a function of the currently selected STYLE OF
OUTPUT.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ INFORMATION - File PAGES-08.DOC ├────────────────┐ │
│ │ Type Text Date 11-17-90 10:28 MaxC/L │█ │
│ │ Size 22055 Page MaxL/P │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
The next to the last line of the display is a PRINT SUMMARY DATA window, dis-
playing information of the files selected and printed. The "File" and "Size"
fields will be updated as files are tagged and untagged, and the "Page" and
"Sheet" fields will be updated when the COUNT PAGE/SHEET option is selected.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Scan═>■/2 File═> 1/■ Size═> 22055/■ Page═> ■/■ Sheet═> ■/■ │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
The FILES TO PRINT PICK LIST selection menu displays the current drive-
directory's files - as limited by the ARCHIVE BIT and FILE MASK options - in
alphabetical order. A maximum of seventy-five may be displayed at one time: if
this directory contains more than seventy-five, a prompt is added to the bottom
help line to allow viewing the remainder. Tagged file names are preceded by a
'>' character. The active highlight bar is that in the FILES TO PRINT PICK LIST
window.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│╒═╡ PICK LIST - D:\WP\FORMS ╞═══════════════════════════════════════════════╕ │
││>ERRATA.FOR INVC-11.FOR INVC-7.FOR >MM-RETN.FOR MM-RETN1.FOR │█│
││ ORDER-11.FOR PROBLEM.FOR >QUOTE.FOR SALR-11.FOR STATMENT.FOR │█│
││ TIMESHET.FOR │█│
│╘═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╡ >=Print Tag ╞═╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To TERMINATE FILE SELECTION/TAG, press ENTER or ESCAPE . The program will
proceed to the PRINT Function if any files have been tagged.
-> If this directory contains more seventy-five files, to VIEW the remainder of
the files, use the PAGEUP and PAGEDOWN keys.
-> To TOGGLE the print tag on the currently highlighted file, press T or
SPACE . This file's tag will be changed and the file highlight will move to
the next file.
107
FILES SELECT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
-> To TAG the currently highlighted file, press INSERT . The file highlight
will move to the next file.
-> To CLEAR any print tag on the currently highlighted file, press DELETE . The
file highlight will move to the next file.
-> [Advanced, Expert] To TAG ALL of the displayed files from printing, press
A . All of the displayed files will be tagged, and the ALL option will
change to "CLEAR".
-> [Advanced, Expert] To CLEAR the print tag on all of the displayed files,
press A .
NOTE This option acts as a toggle and will change from "CLEAR" to "TAG".
-> [Expert] To COUNT the number of PAGEs and SHEETs that will be printed by all
of the currently tagged files, press C . The totals information will appear
on the next-to-last display line.
-> [Expert] To ANALYZE and determine the number of printed pages to be generated
by the currently highlighted FILE, press Z . The FILE INFORMATION window
will be updated with this data along with the maximum line width and page
length for this file, as shown below.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ INFORMATION - File GENERAL.DOC ├────────────────┐ │
│ │ Type Text Date 05-16-92 10:28 MaxC/L 81 │█ │
│ │ Size 38986 22051 Page 13 MaxL/P 72 │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To PREVIEW how the text data from the currently highlighted file will look
when printed, press F2 . Information from the first page of this file will
be displayed in the VIEW window. The page number, maximum number of charac-
ters per line, and lines per page for this page are shown in the FILE INFOR-
MATION window. Each page will be displayed as it will appear when printed, as
shown below.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌─┤ VIEW - File PAGES-08.DOC Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐█│
││PPPPPPPP ^█│
││PPPPPPPPPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP v█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPPPPPPPPP │█│
││PPPPPPPP │█│
│└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>─────┘█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To VIEW MORE of this page, use the PAGEUP PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW
108
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 FILES SELECT FUNCTION
RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys.
-> To RETURN to the first screen display of this page, press HOME .
-> To VIEW the next page of this file, press ENTER .
-> To END viewing this file, press ESCAPE .
File Mask [Advanced]
The FILE MASK option is used to denote a single specific file or to limit the
number of files that are displayed during the file selection process. The cur-
rent FILE MASK value is displayed to the right of the option, as shown below,
normally with the default of "*.*".
-> To EDIT this file name/wildcard, select the FILE MASK option by pressing M .
The action keys that may be used during editing are shown on the bottom help
line. The DOS wildcard characters of '*' and '?' may be used. A '.' must
separate the file name specifier from the extension.
┌───────────────────────────┐
│ ╔══════════════════════╗ │
│ ║ File selection/tag >║█ │
│ ║ file Mask *.doc......║█ │
│ ║ Archive bit EITHER ║█ │
│ ╚══════════════════════╝█ │
│ ████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL changing the FILE MASK and return its current value, press ES-
CAPE .
-> To CLEAR the entry window, press CTRL + END .
-> To ACCEPT the edited FILE MASK, press ENTER .
NOTE If the FILE MASK is cleared, it will revert to it's default value
of "*.*".
Archive bit [Expert]
The ARCHIVE BIT status may be used to determine which files will be displayed
for selection:
1.) only those that have changed and have their archive bit set on, or
2.) all files.
Additionally, if only changed files are selected, the archive bit may be reset
after the file(s) is/are printed.
The three states that the ARCHIVE BIT status may be set to are:
EITHER Files will be displayed whether their ARCHIVE BIT status is on or
off.
ON Files will be displayed only if their ARCHIVE BIT is on.
CLEAR Files will be displayed only if their ARCHIVE BIT is on. Addi-
tionally, any files that are selected and then printed will have
their ARCHIVE BIT set off after being printed.
109
FILES SELECT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
-> To TOGGLE the ARCHIVE BIT status, press A .
110
PRINT FUNCTION
Printing, the reason for LASR_MAN, may only be accomplished after one or more
files have been selected and tagged.
The options displayed on the PRINT FUNCTION menu, and the other four FUNCTION
menus, depend on the selected USER MENU LEVEL. The FUNCTION menu displayed below
is set to the Expert level.
-> To SELECT the PRINT Function when the display is at the MAIN MENU, press P
or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the PRINT Function using the cursor
control keys and press ENTER . Two windows may then displayed; the PRINT
Function menu for selection of print options and, if files are selected, the
FILES TO PRINT PICK LIST information window showing all of the selected and
tagged files from the current directory.
╒■╡ LASeR print MANager Menu>EXPERT │Display>EXPERT+ │Date>12-31-99│08:00 ╞═╕
│░ setUp Options Files select Print eXit ░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╔■╡LASERJET IID/IIP,III,IV╞═══╗│
│░░░░░░░DATA PATH═>G:\LM░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ paper Source:LOWER CASSETTE ║│
│░░░░░░░░░░░FILES═>Style═>LASR_MAN NormalLetter║ Print these selected files v║│
│┌┤ TEXT PAGE ├┐░░Option═>None░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Reverse 2nd pass output:YES ║│
││ Lines═>69 ░░Change═>None░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ output To: LPT1 ║│
││ Pitch═>Line │═══════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Generate key word index: NO ║│
│└─Chars═>80 ─┘ ║░┌───────────┤ ║ INDX-IT! ║│
│ TYPE:Normal ║░│ file Page st╚═════════════════════════════╝│
│ SIZE:Letter ║░│ switch Titles══>NO no Left margin═> 0 ││
│ORIEN:Landscape ║░│ title Headers══>YES Spaces/tab═════> 8 ││
│░╚╡2 pgs/SIDE╞═══════════════╝░│ print Formfeeds>YES tAb print width> 8 ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ Border type════>SHW teXt word wrap═>+++ ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ Dividers (H/V)═>I/I print ctRl chrs>YES ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ text page floW═>HOR ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░└───────────────────────────────────────────┘│
│╒■╡ PICK LIST - G:\LM ╞═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╕│
││>PAGES_04.DOC ││
│╘══════════════════════════╡ >=Not printed ▌=Front ▐=Back █=Both sides ╞═╛│
╘╡ Scan>■/2 File> ■/1 Size> ■/14474 Page> ■/■ Sheet> ■/■ ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>Function Menu│[DOFPX] >Function│<┘/[char]>Select│ Home End│
-> To RETURN to the MAIN MENU, press ESCAPE .
-> To SWITCH to another Function, press its highlighted letter.
-> To SELECT a PRINT Function option, press its highlighted letter or move
the highlight bar to the desired option with the cursor control keys and
press ENTER .
Paper Source Bin [Normal]
The PAPER SOURCE BIN option acts as a toggle and allows selection of a desired
PAPER SOURCE BIN from those that are defined in the LASR_MAN printer command
configuration file.
The available PAPER SOURCE BIN options for laser printers include:
DUPLEX Duplex printer
EPSON FRONT Front Cassette, Epson printer
111
PRINT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
FRONT CASSETTE Front Cassette
LOWER CASSETTE (Default) Lower Cassette
TRAY Multi-Purpose Tray
The available PAPER SOURCE BIN options for ink jet printers include:
TRAY, DESKJET (Default) Input Tray
-> To TOGGLE the PAPER SOURCE BIN, press its highlighted letter or move the
highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The selected PAPER SOURCE BIN will
change to the next one available, in alphabetical order.
NOTE The DUPLEX PAPER SOURCE BIN is for the HP IID/IIID printers and will
change how printing on the back side of paper sheets will be handled.
Duplex printing is done on both sides of the paper sheet in a single
pass through the printer.
Print these Selected Files [Normal]
Selection of the PRINT THESE SELECTED FILES option opens the gateway to printing
the selected files, using the currently defined options.
NOTE The default value for the PAPER SOURCE BIN option for laser printers is
"LOWER CASSETTE", normally used on the HP IIP and IIIP printers. If
your printer is different, select the proper PAPER SOURCE BIN for it
before printing the selected files.
TIP When printing with a STYLE OF OUTPUT of "PAMPHLET" or "BOOK", you can
print the first sheet on a different colored and/or weight of paper stock
for a cover.
-> To SELECT the PRINT THESE SELECTED FILES option, press P . If no files have
yet been selected and tagged for printing, an error message will be dis-
played, as shown below.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├──────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ File(s) MUST be Selected before they can be printed. │█ │
│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CONTINUE, press any key. You will first need to go to the FILES SELECT
function and select the file(s) to be printed.
Several menus can be displayed at this point, depending on the PRINTER,
PAPER SOURCE, and OUTPUT settings.
If the OUTPUT TO option has been set to "DISK FILE" and the disk file already
exists, a file handling menu will be displayed.
112
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 PRINT FUNCTION
┌─────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Disk File Exists. ...? ├─┐ │
│ │ Erase Append │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────┘
-> To ERASE the current printer output disk file, "LASR_MAN.PRN", contents,
press E .
-> To LEAVE the current printer output disk file, "LASR_MAN.PRN", contents as
they are and append the new printer output to it, press A .
If INDX-IT! is present and the "Generate key word index" option is set to
"Yes" and the INDX-IT.RAW key word file already exists, a file handling menu
will be displayed.
┌──────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Index File Exists. ...? ├─┐ │
│ │ Erase Append │█ │
│ └─────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ███████████████████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────────┘
-> To ERASE the current index word disk file, "INDX-IT!.RAW", contents, press
E .
-> To LEAVE the current index word disk file, "INDX-IT!.RAW", contents as
they are and append key words from the documents to be printed to it,
press A .
If the "DUPLEX" PAPER SOURCE has been selected and the STYLE OF OUTPUT is
double sided, a DUPLEX PRINT STYLE menu will be displayed.
┌────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Select DUPLEX PRINT STYLE ├─┐ │
│ │ Book Flip │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To PRINT the second side so that when the output sheet is three hole
punched on the LEFT or RIGHT sides and inserted in a notebook, all pages
are readable and properly oriented, press B .
-> To PRINT the second side so that when the output sheet is three hole
punched on the TOP or BOTTOM sides and inserted in a notebook, all pages
are readable and properly oriented, press F .
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌────────────────────┐ ┌────────────────────╥────────────────────┐ │
│ │ Page 3 │ Page 4 │ │ │ o ^ o │ │ │
│ │ │ │ │ │ o ^ o │ │ │
│ │ o o o │ │ Page 3 │ Page 4 o ^ o Page 5 │ Page 6 │ │
│ ╞═══)══════)══════)══╡ └────────────────────╨────────────────────┘ │
│ │ o o o │ Book Style │
│ │ │ │ │
│ │ Page 5 │ Page 6 │<─ Flip Chart Style │
│ └────────────────────┘ │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
NOTE For PAMPHLET and BOOK output styles, use the BOOK style for proper
113
PRINT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
output.
If the STYLE OF OUTPUT is "PAMPHLET" or "BOOK",the program will first take
one scan through the selected files determining page locations.
If the "DeskJet" family of PRINTERS has been selected, a print quality menu
will be displayed.
┌───────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Select DeskJet PRINT QUALITY ├─┐ │
│ │ Draft Letter │█ │
│ └──────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To PRINT the output in draft quality, press D . This method is normally
twice as fast as letter quality and will normally produce more readable
output at the smaller pitch sizes.
-> To PRINT the output in letter quality, press L .
The next to the last line of the display is a PRINT SUMMARY DATA window,
displaying information about the selected files. The fields of this window
will be updated as files are read and printed.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Scan═>■/2 File═> 1/■ Size═> 22055/■ Page═> 1/■ Sheet═> 1/■ │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
Three additional windows are next displayed. The first is the FILE INFORMA-
TION window detailing data on the file currently being processed, as shown
here.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ INFORMATION - File PAGES-08.DOC ├────────────────┐ │
│ │ Type Text Date 11-17-90 10:28 MaxC/L │█ │
│ │ Size 22055 Page MaxL/P │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
114
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 PRINT FUNCTION
The second window is an ACTION message and contains information on the loca-
tion of the current text page and its relative position on this sheet. If
more than one text page is to be printed on this sheet, this display will
change with each additional text page as it is read and printed.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ ACTION ├──────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ Read Data and Format-Print Text Page 1/2 │█ │
│ └─────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ███████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
The third window is the PASS (1/2) PRINTING selection menu. The top menu
header of this window contains the current pass number and instructions on
how the printer output should be set for this pass.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═╡ PASS 1 Printing. Set OUTPUT-TOP. ╞═══════╗ │
│ ║ Print this sheet ║█│
│ ║ print all sheets of this File ║█│
│ ║ print all sheets of All files for this pass ║█│
│ ║─────────────────────────────────────────────║█│
│ ║ Skip this sheet ║█│
│ ║ skip all sheets of this fIle ║█│
│ ║ skip all sheets of aLl files for this pass ║█│
│ ║ skip to sheet X ║█│
│ ║─────────────────────────────────────────────║█│
│ ║ Cancel printing ║█│
│ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════╝█│
│ ███████████████████████████████████████████████│
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL printing at this point and return to the PRINT Function menu,
press ESCAPE .
-> To PRINT the current sheet that starts with the data specified by the FILE
INFORMATION window, press P . The current sheet will be printed and the
next sheet will be set up.
-> To PRINT the current sheet and ALL remaining sheets of THIS file, press
F .
NOTE This option is NOT available if the STYLE OF OUTPUT is "PAMPHLET"
or "BOOK".
-> To PRINT the current sheet and ALL remaining sheets for ALL files for this
pass, press A . This is the normal default printing option.
-> To SKIP the current sheet that starts with the data specified by the FILE
INFORMATION window, press S .
NOTE EXTREME care should be taken with these skip options on multi--
pass output: if you skip anything on the first printing pass you
MUST skip the same thing on the second printing pass, or your
output will not line up. Normally, only use the skip options to
determine how many sheets will be required, then go back and
print it.
115
PRINT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
-> To SKIP the current sheet and ALL remaining sheets of THIS file, press
I .
NOTE This option is NOT available if the STYLE OF OUTPUT is "PAMPHLET"
or "BOOK".
-> To SKIP the current sheet and ALL remaining sheets for ALL files for this
pass, press L .
-> To SKIP to a specific SHEET (not page), press X . This option is of pri-
mary use when, after printing a large document, a sheet was not printed
properly and you want to only reprint that sheet. A prompt will be dis-
played asking for the SHEET number to skip to.
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ skip to sheet 2... │
└─────────────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL this option, press ESCAPE .
-> To ACCEPT the sheet number as entered/edited, press ENTER . The pro-
gram will skip to the desired sheet and then display the PRINTING PASS
(1/2) PRINTING select menu again.
-> To PREVIEW how this page will look when it is printed, press F2 . The
first text page to be printed on this sheet will be displayed as it will
appear when printed. The solid bar on the right and bottom of the display
denote the size and location of this displayed text block to the rest of
this page.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌─┤ VIEW - File PAGES-08.DOC Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐█│
││PPPPPPPP ^█│
││PPPPPPPPPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP v█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPPPPPPPPP │█│
││PPPPPPPP │█│
│└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>─────┘█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To VIEW MORE of this page, use the PAGEUP PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW
RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys.
-> To RETURN to the first screen display of this page, press HOME .
-> To END viewing this page, press ESCAPE or ENTER .
When the printing of all selected files on one side of the sheets of paper is
completed, either the Printing Complete message or Pass Complete message will
be displayed.
116
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 PRINT FUNCTION
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├────────┐ │
│ │ Printing Complete. │█ │
│ └────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────┘
-> To CONTINUE and return to the MAIN MENU, press any key.
The PASS 1 PRINTING COMPLETE message gives specific instruction on taking the
PASS 1 OUTPUT and preparing it to use for INPUT to PASS 2.
NOTE The printer configuration file, "LASR_MAN.LMG", has the instructions
for printing the second pass for all of the PAPER SOURCES. The rea-
son is to cover all printer models, including those that have multi-
ple input paths. If the combination of instructions as displayed is
confusing, see the chapter "EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE" and edit
these messages as desired.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ PRINTING PASS 1 COMPLETE. Use Pass 1 Printed Output for Pass 2 Input. │█│
│ │────────────────────┤ Set Pass 2 Input as follows: ├───────────────────│█│
│ │ LOWER CASSETTE: (Rev 2nd=YES) │█│
│ │ >>Printed side FACE DOWN, LAST PAGE on TOP<< │█│
│ │ Book Style output═>>TOP of the PAGE toward the PRINTER'S RIGHT<< │█│
│ │ Flip Chart Style══>>TOP toward LEFT<< │█│
│ │-or- │█│
│ │ MULTI-PURPOSE TRAY: (Rev 2nd=NO) │█│
│ │ >>Printed side FACE UP, FIRST PAGE on TOP<< │█│
│ │ Book Style output═>>TOP of the PAGE toward the PRINTER'S RIGHT<< │█│
│ │ Flip Chart Style══>>TOP toward LEFT<< │█│
│ └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL the next printing pass at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To CONTINUE with the next printing pass after its input has been properly
placed, press any other key. The PASS 2 PRINTING option menu will next be
displayed.
When printing is being done with landscape orientation, the sheets may be
printed on the second pass in one of two forms - Book Style or Flip Chart
Style. Examples of these two forms, each with a binding margin and then
three hole punched and inserted into a notebook are shown below.
117
PRINT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌──(Printing is upside down) │ │ │
│ 4:ΣΩÆΦ░░░░░░░░░ │ 3:ΣΩÆΦ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:3 │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:4 │
│ o o o │ │ o o o │
╞═══════)══════════)══════════)═════╡ ╞═══════)══════════)══════════)═════╡
│ o o o │ │ o o o │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:5 │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:6 │ │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:5 │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:6 │
│ (Book Style Output) │ │ (Flip Chart Style Output) │
└───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘
Reverse 2nd Pass Output [Advanced]
The REVERSE 2ND PASS OUTPUT option sets the print order for the second printing
pass. The normal method is to print the back of the first sheet printed during
the first pass and continue to printing the back of the last sheet. Changing
this option allows printing the back of the last sheet printed during the first
pass first and continuing to the back of the first page.
NOTE The value of this option is automatically set to the proper method when
the PAPER SOURCE BIN is selected and does not nominally need to be set.
-> To TOGGLE the REVERSE 2ND PASS OUTPUT OPTION between "YES" and "NO", press
R .
Output To [Expert]
Printer output, by default, is sent to the LPT1 port. With the use of this op-
tion, the printer output can be directed to any of the normal LPT or COM ports,
or it may be written to a disk file.
-> To TOGGLE the output printer device, press T or move the highlight bar to
this option and press ENTER . The printer devices that are available are:
LPT 1 LPT 1
LPT 2 LPT 2
LPT 3 LPT 3
COM 1 COM 1
COM 2 COM 2
COM 3 COM 3
COM 4 COM 4
DISK FILE LASR_MAN.PRN
118
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 PRINT FUNCTION
If the disk file option is selected, its name will be "LASR_MAN.PRN". If this
file already exists, on the same drive-directory as the program, a prompt is
displayed to select how the file is to be handled.
┌─────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Disk File Exists. ...? ├─┐ │
│ │ Erase Append │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────┘
-> To ERASE the current file, "LASR_MAN.PRN", and create a new one for this
output, press E .
-> To APPEND this output to previous output, press A .
TIP This disk file will contain printer commands. If it is to be later
transferred to the printer, such as by use of the DOS COPY command,
make sure to use the binary option, /B, or the printer commands/soft
fonts may be lost.
Generate Key Word Index [Expert]
Key words from a document or documents being printed may be written to a disk
file. These words may be later processed by the program INDX-IT! to produce
document indexes or key word reports.
NOTE This option is ONLY displayed and available if the program INDX-IT! is
present. If it is not present, this option will not be displayed.
-> To TOGGLE whether key word disk file output will be produced during the docu-
ment printing process, press G .
INDX-IT! [Expert]
INDX-IT! is a companion program that will generate document indexes and key word
reports for documents printed by LASR_MAN. These indexes and reports can, in
turn, be printed by LASR_MAN.
Normal operating procedure is to first print the desired document(s) using
LASR_MAN, with the "Generate key word index" option set to "Yes". Next, INDX-IT!
is run to produce the proper index or report. Finally, the output generated by
INDX-IT! is printed by LASR_MAN in the desired style.
NOTE This option is ONLY displayed and available if the program INDX-IT! is
present. If it is not present, this option will not be displayed.
-> To RUN INDX-IT! after the desired documents have been printed, press I or
move the highlight bar to this option and press ENTER . INDX-IT! will be
run, and then control will return to LASR_MAN.
NOTE The combination of LASR_MAN and INDX-IT! requires about 420K of
memory. If INDX-IT! will not run due to lack of memory, it will be
necessary to exit LASR_MAN, and the run INDX-IT! separately.
119
PRINT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
Folding Sheets for Pamphlets and Books
Pamphlets and Books may be printed with two or more text pages per paper side.
Pamphlets/Books Printed using Portrait Orientation - After both printing passes
are complete, fold all sheets on the page divider line noted.
╔═══════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:7 │ ░░ PAGE:8 │ ║
║ │═══════════╪═══════════│<═ FOLD ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │<═ BOOK ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ PAGE ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ (2 text ║
║ │ ▓▓ PAGE:1 │ ▓▓ PAGE:2 │ pages) ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ ║
╚═══════════════════════════════════════╝
Pamphlets/Books Printed using Landscape Orientation - After both printing passes
are complete, fold each sheet on the line between pages, as shown below.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ╔═ FOLD ║
║ v ║
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:4 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════╝
120
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 PRINT FUNCTION
╔═════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ FOLD═╗ ╔═BOOK PAGE ║
║ v v (4 text pages)║
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:13│ PAGE:14║ PAGE:1 │ PAGE:2 │ ║
║ │────────┼────────╫────────┼────────│ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:15│ PAGE:16║ PAGE:3 │ PAGE:4 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════╝
Stapling Pamphlets and Books
If you don't have a deep throat stapler, here's a procedure to staple a pam-
phlet/book after printing.
-> Fold each page at its centerline separately.
-> Put the folded pages together in the proper order.
-> On a flat surface, place a magazine or book which is thicker then the length
of the staples legs. Use a stapler that has been opened as shown in the dia-
gram below. Hold the pamphlet/book in proper alignment while stapling.
-> Bend the staple legs over using an object such as a coin, or better yet, a
serrated letter opener.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ║
║ ┌──────────────────────────┐ ║
║ └─┬────────────────────────┤<─── Stapler opened up ║
║ │ V<─ Draw arrow @ staple│ ┌──────────────────── ║
║ Staple ─────────> └─┬──────────────────────┘▄└──────────────────── ║
║ ══════════════════════════════════════════ ║
║ ^ ╔═══════════════════════════════════════════ ║
║ Centerline of │ ║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║
║ Pamphlet/Book ────┘ ╚═══════════════════════════════════════════ ║
║ ^ ║
║ └ MAGAZINE (Thicker than the staple legs) ║
║ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
121
PRINT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
122
EXIT FUNCTION
The EXIT FUNCTION performs the task of leaving the LASR_MAN program and, option-
ally, saving the program setup and/or options in their current state for subse-
quent program executions.
The options displayed on the EXIT FUNCTION menu, and the other four FUNCTION
menus, depend on the selected USER MENU LEVEL. The FUNCTION menu displayed below
is set to the Expert level.
-> To SELECT the EXIT Function when the display is at the MAIN MENU, press X
or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the EXIT Function using the cursor
control keys and press ENTER . The EXIT Function menu is displayed, as shown
below.
╒■╡ LASeR print MANager Menu>EXPERT │Display>EXPERT+ │Date>12-31-99│08:00 ╞═╕
│░ setUp Options Files select Print eXit ░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╔═══════════════╗
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ eXit to DOS ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Cancel ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║<saVe setup ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║<Save options ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚═══════════════╝█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░█████████████████
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│
│░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█ ░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│
│░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░░░░░▄░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│
│░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│
╘╡ LASR_MAN Version 6.00, Copyright 1990-94 MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>Function Menu│[DOFPX >Function│<┘/[char]>Select│ Home End│
-> To RETURN to the MAIN MENU, press ESCAPE .
-> To SWITCH to another Function, press its highlighted letter.
-> To SELECT an EXIT Function option, press its highlighted letter or move
the highlight bar to the desired option with the cursor control keys and
press ENTER . If changes have been made to the type of monitor, menu
colors or paper source options, it is assumed that the changes should be
saved and the SAVE SETUP option will be highlighted. If changes have been
made to the options, the SAVE OPTIONS option will be highlighted: other-
wise, the EXIT TO DOS option is highlighted.
eXit to DOS [Normal]
-> To RETURN to DOS, select the EXIT TO DOS option by pressing X .
The program will exit. If this is an unregistered copy of LASR_MAN, a
shareware registration reminder message will be displayed.
123
EXIT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
Cancel [Normal]
-> To CANCEL exiting from LASR_MAN and return to the MAIN MENU, select the CAN-
CEL option by pressing either C or ESCAPE .
Save Setup [Advanced]
The SETUP values, as selected in the SETUP function, may be saved to a program
SETUP file that will be used to reset them every time that the program is load-
ed. Additionally, the values of the FILE SELECT ENTER/EXIT TOGGLE SWITCH and the
PRINTER PAPER SOURCE are also saved in the SETUP file.
When this option is selected, a verification prompt is displayed, as shown be-
low.
┌────────────────┐
│ ╒═Sure?═════╕ │
│ │ No Yes │█ │
│ ╘═══════════╛█ │
│ █████████████ │
└────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL this action and leave the SETUP data as it currently is, press
N or ESCAPE .
-> To CONTINUE and save the current SETUP data, press Y . The SETUP informa-
tion will be saved and an informational message is displayed with the name
and path of the SETUP file.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ MESSAGE ├────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ C:\LP\LASR_MAN.LMU setup file updated. │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CONTINUE, press any key.
Save Options [Advanced]
The LASR_MAN program options currently in effect may be saved, either to a de-
fault or user named file. These options include all of those set by the OPTION
FUNCTION, the ATTRIBUTE BIT status and FILE MASK of the FILES SELECT FUNCTION
and the REVERSE 2ND PASS OUTPUT of the PRINT FUNCTION.
-> To SAVE the current option settings, select the SAVE OPTIONS option by press-
ing S . An OPTION FILE data entry window is displayed, with entry required
for both the option file name and its description.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ Option File ├──────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ Name LASR_MAN │█ │
│ │ Description 2 pps, both sides │█ │
│ └─────────────────────────────┤ F3>Name=Program Name ├─┘█ │
│ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To EDIT either the file name or description, use the control keys shown
on the help line.
124
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 EXIT FUNCTION
NOTE The default option file name of "LASR_MAN" will cause the file
to be automatically loaded every time that LASR_MAN is run and
does not need to be specified on the command line.
NOTE The description is optional and may be left blank, although it
can be quite helpful when viewing option files prior to load-
ing.
-> To CANCEL this function, press ESCAPE .
-> To ACCEPT either the file name or description after editing is com-
plete, press ENTER .
After both name and description have been entered, a data path option
menu is displayed.
┌──────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Save the DATA PATH? ├─┐ │
│ │ Yes No │█ │
│ └─────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ███████████████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────┘
-> To INCLUDE the current drive-directory DATA PATH in the saved option
file, press Y .
-> To EXCLUDE the DATA PATH from the saved option file, press N . This
method is useful for creating generic option files that can be used
for printing files from any drive-directory.
If the current OPTION FILE exists, a verification prompt is displayed.
┌─────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒■╡ This File Exists. Replace? ╞═╕ │
│ │ No Yes │█ │
│ ╘════════════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CANCEL this task, press N or ESCAPE .
-> To SAVE this option file, press Y . The current options will be
saved, and a save complete message displayed.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌■┤ MESSAGE ├─────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ C:\LP\LMO\LASR_MAN.LMO option file updated. │█ │
│ └─────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ███████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To CONTINUE, press any key. The program returns to the OPTION FUNCTION
menu.
NOTE The option files may be modified with an ASCII word proces-
sor/editor. For example, if you want to use the default option
file, "LASR_MAN.LMO", but want the data directory to be the
current drive-directory, you may edit the file and remove the
line that begins "/D...".
125
EXIT FUNCTION LASR_MAN Version 6.0
126
DESKJET PRINTERS
The Hewlett-Packard family of DeskJet printers - DeskJet, DeskJet +, and DeskJet
500 - is also supported by LASR_MAN, with a few limitations. These limitations,
and some notes about them, are detailed below.
* It is recommended that printing be done in "Draft" mode rather than "Letter",
due to the latter requiring twice as long and printing the characters more
dense, resulting in less legible output.
* The original DeskJet printers support only 10 CPI and 16.6 CPI in portrait
mode.
* The following STYLES OF OUTPUT are NOT supported by DeskJet printers WITHOUT
additional memory:
PORTRAIT, TINY (33 CPI)
LANDSCAPE, ELITE (12 CPI)
LANDSCAPE, TINY (33 CPI)
* For DeskJet printers WITHOUT additional memory, the following comments apply.
PORTRAIT, 12 CPI uses a 12 point font instead of 10 point.
PORTRAIT, 17 CPI uses a 6 point font instead of 8.5 point. This results in
spaces between characters vertically.
LANDSCAPE, 17 CPI and all 2 PPS STYLES use a 6 point font instead of 8.5
point. This results in spaces between characters vertically.
* Underlining, both for titles and text, is NOT available with LANDSCAPE STYLES
OF OUTPUT.
* Sheet borders and page dividers are NOT available.
* To print LANDSCAPE using legal size paper, you may need to first set the
printer switches for the legal paper size. For the DeskJet 500 printer this
is Bank A, switch 5 up, and switch 6 down. This problem does not seem to
occur in PORTRAIT orientation.
* When printing in LANDSCAPE orientation using the TINY font, print a single
sheet at a time. Due to an internal printer memory limitation, that the pro-
gram cannot detect, the printer may require more than one pass to print one
side of a sheet. This will occur with both standard letter and legal size
paper.
NOTE FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS ON THIS LIMITATION WILL RESULT IN
PRODUCING USELESS OUTPUT.
* LASR_MAN handles printing to the DeskJet in a different manner than to the
LaserJet. This is due to the requirement that a line's output must all be
given at one time, in order from left to right. The method used by LASR_MAN
is to use temporary disk files, one per line, and append the print output
from each text page in turn to the proper line's disk file. Once all of a
sheet's text pages have been "printed" to disk, each of the line files is
read in turn and passed to the DeskJet. These files are then erased, and the
127
DESKJET PRINTERS LASR_MAN Version 6.0
next sheet started.
Two methods may be used to speed up program operation when printing to a
DeskJet.
The first is to use any type of a disk cache program. This does not require
any changes to the program setup.
The second, and preferable, method is to use a RAM disk for these temporary
files, rather than the hard disk. To specify use of a RAM disk, edit the
Configuration file (or create a Configuration change file), remove the '*' in
front of parameter 2026, and edit this line to specify the path of the RAM
disk to use. A '\' is REQUIRED as the last character of this path.
NOTE The specified path SHOULD NOT BE to the root directory of the RAM
drive, but to a sub-directory off of the root. This is due to the
limitation of the number of files that may be stored on the root
directory. The program will create this subdirectory, if it is not
already present.
128
EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE
The CONFIGURATION FILE is an ASCII file with an extension of ".LMG". It may be
edited by any word processor, using the word processor's option for editing and
saving unformatted files.
CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILES are similar in format to the CONFIGURATION FILE and
have an extension of ".LMC".
There are two way that the printer parameters may be changed:
1.) Edit the configuration file, "LASR_MAN.LMG", and change the parame-
ter(s) on a permanent basis, and
2.) Create a change configuration file, with an extension of ".LMC", con-
taining the parameter(s) to be changed, and either specify the file on
the command line with a "/C" option or select the CHANGE CONFG option
from the SETUP function menu.
Five print test files, PAGES-01.DOC, PAGES-02.DOC, PAGES-04.DOC, PAGES-08.DOC
and PAGE-16.DOC, are included with LASR_MAN. These files consists of 1, 2, 4, 8,
and 16 pages, each with a maximum of sixty eighty character lines. These files
may be printed using the various printing styles in order to determine the prop-
er procedure(s) necessary to produce the correct output. Results of this experi-
mentation may then be used to modify the configuration file to provide the prop-
er printer commands, and end of printing pass messages for your printer and
procedures.
-> To REPLACE a printer command's default value edit the command as desired. Any
ASCII character may be used in a command string EXCEPT for carriage return
(13). All characters are entered using their ASCII codes. (Hold the ALTER-
NATE key down and enter the ASCII code using the numeric keypad only.) To
comment out a printer command, add a '*' at the beginning of its line.
NOTE The format of the printer commands is:
[parameter #]:{description}{max. length}=[value]
In general, printer commands should remain in the same order as in the distribu-
tion file. Blank lines (except at the end of the end of pass messages) and those
not starting with a numeric code are ignored.
The messages that are displayed at the end of the various printer passes are
located in the section "PAPER SOURCE BIN PARAMETERS", at the end of the printer
commands. These messages may be customized for your specific printer or instal-
lation in the same manner as the other printer commands.
-> To EDIT the end of pass messages, place each desired message line on a sepa-
rate line (ended with a CR LF combination) in the file, starting the first
line on the same line as the equals sign. A blank line MUST follow the last
message line. Blank characters at the beginning and the end of each message
line are significant, and will be displayed as entered.
129
EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILES LASR_MAN Version 6.0
-> To USE a configuration change file, specify its name and path on the command
line using the configuration change file option or select it using the
program's SETUP Function.
The beginning of the configuration file, "LASR_MAN.LMG", is shown on the follow-
ing page.
Following that, is a configuration change file used to suppress the text placed
on blank text pages.
NOTE CONTROL CODES ARE SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL IN BRACES {} WITH THEIR DECIMAL
VALUE SINCE THEY ARE NON-PRINTING. THEY SHOULD APPEAR IN THE CONFIGU-
RATION FILE AS SINGLE ASCII CHARACTERS WITHOUT THE BRACKETS. The maxi-
mum length of text data fields is given in brackets [ ].
LASR_MAN PRINTER COMMAND CONFIGURATION FILE
130
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILES
█▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀█
█ LASR_MAN PRINTER CONFIGURATION FILE █
█▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄█
NAME: LASR_MAN.LMG
: Copyright 1991-1994, MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved.
SOURCE: 03-15-91 MicroMetric, Sarasota, FL.
:THE ORDER OF THE PRINTER PARAMETERS BELOW MUST BE :
: -------
:Standard Printer Parameters
:Paper Style Parameters
:Paper Source Bin Parameters
FOR THE DEFAULT CONFIGURATION FILE, IT IS IMPORTANT THAT ALL
PARAMETERS BE SET!! (They should all be present with no leading "*")
1001:version=60
█▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀█
█ STANDARD PRINTER PARAMETERS █
█▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄█
1011:print_no_page_message[80]=÷ LASR_MAN prints books & pamphlets: Saves Tree
s! ÷
*1011:print_no_page_message[80]=÷ This space is intentionally left blank ÷
1021:char_for_control=■
1022:chars_for_continue[10]=═══>>
1023:char_for_formfeed=\
1024:line_thin=1
1025:line_thick=20
1026:line_shadow=50
1051:head_file_text[20]=FILE:
1052:head_print_text[20]=PRINTED:
1053:head_page_text[20]=PAGE:
1061:mouse_mickeys_x=128
1062:mouse_mickeys_y=64
1063:mouse_left(1|2)=1
1099:print_newsheet[9]={12}
1999:end=Yes
----- FILE CONTINUES ----
131
EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILES LASR_MAN Version 6.0
LASR_MAN PRINTER COMMAND CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILE
LASR_MAN PRINTER CONFIGURATION CHANGE FILE
NAME: NONOPAGE.LMC
: Suppresses the no page message
: Copyright 1991-1994, MicroMetric, All Rights Reserved.
SOURCE: 04-12-92 MicroMetric, Sarasota, FL.
To change a value from its default, remove the leading "*", if present, and
change the parameter after the equal sign to the desired value. All parameters
starting with a "*" will use the value previously loaded.
1001:version=60
1006:any_size_bin=Yes
1011:print_no_page_message[80]=
1999:end=Yes
132
LASR_MAN FILES
LASR_MAN is distributed as compressed archives consisting of the following
files:
Files required for LASR_MAN operation:
LASR_MAN.EXE . . Executable program
LASR_MAN.LMG . . Printer configuration file
Additional files necessary for FULL LASR_MAN operation:
LASR_MAN.HLP . . Help information text
LASR_MAN.LMU . . Initial program setup options
LASR_MAN.ORD . . Shareware/retail registration order form
?P????.LMF . . . Type 2 (256 character) basic soft fonts in Portrait orienta-
tion only and STAMP-IT! "rubber stamp" soft font
NOTE The naming convention used for the soft font files is:
Type
Orientation
Pitch
Typeface
A font file "2P1704" is Type 2, Portrait, 17cpi, 04 Helvic typeface.
NOTE These fonts support LaserJet IID/IIP/III/IV printers and compatibles.
LaserJet + printers/compatibles require the basic soft fonts in the
file "LMAN1_0B.ZIP". LaserJet II printers/compatibles require the
basic soft fonts in the file "LMAN2L0C.ZIP". DeskJet print-
ers/compatibles require the basic soft fonts in the file
"LMAN3_0D.ZIP".
Files included to aid in the use of LASR_MAN:
ASKN.COM . . . . User input routine for PRINTDOC.BAT
INITIAL.LMO . . . Initial option settings option file
LASR_MAN.DOC . . LASR_MAN documentation manual
LASR_MAN.ICO . . LASR_MAN Windows icon
LASR_MAN.PIF . . LASR_MAN Windows program information file
*.LMC . . . . . . Configuration change files to suppress the blank page message
and to demonstrate changing the language to text page head-
ers/footers
*.LMS . . . . . . Pre-defined style option files (see earlier sections on STYLE
FILES for the style file naming convention)
PAGES_*.DOC . . . Test print documents with 1, 2, 4, 8 and 16 pages
SAMPLE.LMV . . . Sample cover file with large letters
Files included to aid in the printing of the LASR_MAN documentation:
LM_DOC_*.LMO . . LASR_MAN option files for printing LASR_MAN.DOC
PRINTDOC.BAT . . Routine to aid in printing LASR_MAN.DOC
133
LASR_MAN FILES LASR_MAN Version 6.0
Additional files in the distribution archive:
DESC.SDI . . . . BBS program description
FILE_ID.DIZ . . . BBS program description
LASR_MAN.LST . . List of LASR_MAN files in the distribution file
README.LM . . . . Text file consisting of program summary, features, and history
VENDINFO.DIZ . . Vendor information including distribution policy
Additional SUPPLEMENTAL FILES available for LASR_MAN include:
LMAN1_0B.ZIP . . Type 1 Portrait and Landscape basic soft fonts
LMAN2L0C.ZIP . . Type 2 Landscape basic soft fonts
LMAN3_0D.ZIP . . Type 3 DeskJet Portrait and Landscape basic soft fonts, along
with modified style files for the DeskJet printer
The registered version diskette includes these additional files:
Installation files:
INSTALL.EXE . . . Installation program
INSTALL.HLP . . . Installation program help file
INSTALLZ.EXE . . Installation unpack program
INST_SYS.ZIP . . Installation program files
README . . . . . Installation read me file
Additional registered version SUPPLEMENTAL FILES available for LASR_MAN include:
LMAN1_4E.ZIP . . Type 1 Portrait and Landscape MM Helvic soft fonts
LMAN1_5F.ZIP . . Type 1 Portrait and Landscape MM Times Roman soft fonts
LMAN1_6G.ZIP . . Type 1 Portrait and Landscape MM Letter Gothic soft fonts
LMAN2L4H.ZIP . . Type 2 Landscape MM Helvic soft fonts
LMAN2L5I.ZIP . . Type 2 Landscape MM Times Roman soft fonts
LMAN2L6J.ZIP . . Type 2 Landscape MM Letter Gothic soft fonts
LMAN2P4K.ZIP . . Type 2 Portrait MM Helvic soft fonts
LMAN2P5L.ZIP . . Type 2 Portrait MM Times Roman soft fonts
LMAN2P6M.ZIP . . Type 2 Portrait MM Letter Gothic soft fonts
LMAN3_4N.ZIP . . Type 3 DeskJet Portrait and Landscape MM Helvic soft fonts
LMAN3_5O.ZIP . . Type 3 DeskJet Portrait and Landscape MM Times Roman soft
fonts
LMAN3_6P.ZIP . . Type 3 DeskJet Portrait and Landscape MM Letter Gothic soft
fonts
The files that can be generated or used by LASR_MAN consist of:
LASR_MAN.nnn . . Temporary print compose files for DeskJet printer output,
where nnn is the line number of the output.
*.LMC . . . . . . Change configuration files. See the chapter "EDITING THE CON-
FIGURATION FILES" for information on their format and use.
*.LMF . . . . . . Saved internal font description files. These files are created
and edited using the programs FONT task.
*.LMO . . . . . . Saved option files. These files may be edited using an ASCII
word processor and any option changed or removed.
*.LMS . . . . . . Saved Style option files. These files are created and edited
134
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 LASR_MAN FILES
using the programs EDIT STYLE task.
*.LMV . . . . . . Cover files. These files may be created and edited by an ASCII
word processor. Their line width should be equal or less than
the characters per line allowed by the selected STYLE OF OUT-
PUT that will be used.
INDX-IT!.RAW . . Key word output for INDX-IT!
LASR_MAN.PRN . . Reassigned printer output disk file.
LASR_MAN.REG . . LASR_MAN registration information.
NOTE Although all program files are initially loaded to a single
directory, the program will create up to five sub-directories
for various groups of program files: change configuration,
font, option, style, and cover files. The files are automati-
cally moved to the proper sub-directory when the program is
first run.
135
LASR_MAN FILES LASR_MAN Version 6.0
136
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Question The printing on the sheet is uniformly shifted in one direction. Can
it be adjusted?
Answer In many cases the printing can be automatically adjusted to take
care of shifting by the printer. The configuration parameters 1451-1454
will adjust printing left and right for any of the supported paper sizes. A
positive number will move the printing right and a negative number will
move left. Measurements are in decipoints, 1/720". Parameters 1461-1464
will make corresponding adjustments to the top and bottom.
Question Why is one edge of the printing is missing?
Answer This is normally caused by a minimum margin that is not large
enough. Try to increase the margin that you are having a problem with one
character at a time until the printing is correct. Then compare this margin
measurement in decipoints with the corresponding minimum margin for the
selected printer in the configuration file, parameters 1511-1545 and adjust
the parameter(s) accordingly.
Question Why can't I use the mouse to tag files in the FILES SELECT function?
Answer The action of the ENTER key is not set properly. This key can
either exit files selection or change the tag status of the currently high-
lighted file. To determine the ENTER key's current state, look at the
bottom help line. If it is set to "ESC/<┘>END", press TAB to change its
state to "<┘/SPACE>ToggleTag.
Question I'm having problems trying to use LASR_MAN with a DeskJet or compati-
ble printer. What can I do?
Answer LASR_MAN does not provide as many features for DeskJet printers
as it does for LaserJet printers. This is due to the nature of the DeskJet
and the fact that it does not fully support PCL 4. Please read the chapter
"DESKJET PRINTERS" for a full description of these limitations.
Question Why can't I print out this documentation properly using PRINTDOC.BAT
and a DeskJet or compatible printer?
Answer You MUST go into setup,change the USER LEVEL first to ADVANCED,
and then change the PRINTER to DESKJET.
Question The whole screen starts to blink during program loading or after I
switch programs in either Windows, DV, or OS/2. How can I stop the blink-
ing?
Answer Press F10 to display the UTILITY MENU, then select DISABLE
BLINKING. To use only eight background screen colors, go into SETUP, MONI-
TOR, and set it for use of a CGA, which uses only eight instead of sixteen
background colors.
Question Why do I get garbage when I print out a file generated by my XYZ word
processor?
137
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS LASR_MAN Version 6.0
Answer Most times this is caused by trying to print a file that has been
saved it the word processors format. LASR_MAN will only print ASCII text
files. Return to your word processor and save the document as an ASCII text
file, and then try printing this file with LASR_MAN.
138
GLOSSARY
BOOK PAGE . A book page is one side of the portion of a sheet that contains no
fold for either PAMPHLET or BOOK type printing styles. It contains one-
half of the text pages per side.
BOOK TYPE . Printing style used to produce book output. Multiple files are
treated as chapters in the book, and the output is a single group of
sheets.
BORDER Lines drawn around all of the text pages printed on one side of a paper
sheet, or, optionally, around each text page.
BRAND . Create a registration file with your name and the system serial number.
CHANGE CONFIG(URATION) FILE . A file containing printer control commands used to
alter the defaults loaded from the CONFIGURATION FILE for a single
program execution.
CONFIG(URATION) FILE A file containing the printer control language (PCL) com-
mands for the specific sizes and sources of paper. This file also con-
tains the messages displayed at the end of the first printing pass,
when the sheets are being printed on both sides.
COVER FILE A text file to be printed before the selected file(s). This file may
be of any length and must have an extension of ".LMV".
CPI . . Characters per inch.
CPL . . Characters per line.
DUPLEX The ability of the printer to print text on first one side of a sheet
of paper, and then print text on the other side of that sheet in the
same printer pass.
ELITE . Pitch of twelve characters per inch, printed at eight lines per inch.
LANDSCAPE . Orientation where the long side of the sheet is horizontal.
LINE PRINTER Pitch of 16.67 characters per inch printed at 9.34 lines per
inch.
LINE/PAGE LIMIT . Maximum text lines to allow on a page. This value can override
the defined lines per page based on the PAPER SIZE, as long as it is
less.
LPI . . Lines per inch.
LPP . . Lines per page.
MAXC/L Maximum characters per line.
MAXL/P Maximum lines per page.
139
GLOSSARY LASR_MAN Version 6.0
OPTION FILE A file that contains a set of LASR_MAN options, defining print out-
put and file selection, that may be loaded either from the command line
or by menu selection.
ORIENTATION The location of the printing on sheets, either portrait or land-
scape.
PAGE . A logical block of text data terminated by a form feed character or the
maximum number of lines per page.
PAGE DIVIDERS Lines, separating text pages, printed on sheets with more than
one text page per side.
PAGE FLOW . The orientation of text pages on sheets with four or more pages per
side: either horizontal or vertical.
PAGES/BOOK PAGE . The number of text pages that will appear on the page of ei-
ther a pamphlet or a book when the pamphlet/book pages are folded.
PAGES/SHEET The number of text pages that are printed on both sides of a sheet
of paper.
PAGES/SIDE The number of text pages that are printed on one side of a sheet of
paper.
PAMPHLET TYPE Printing style used to produce pamphlet output. Each file is
printed on a separate group of sheets. Pamphlet type style prints each
file on separate sheets while book type style uses the same sheets for
all files.
PAPER SOURCE BIN The selected location from which paper to be printed is feed.
PAPER SIZE The selected size of the paper to be printed.
PASSES Number of times that the output paper sheets must be printed.
PICA . Pitch of ten characters per inch printed at six lines per inch.
PITCH . Number of characters per inch.
PORTRAIT Orientation where the long side of the sheet is vertical.
PPS . . Text pages per side.
PRINT FONT The font used by the printer to produce the output document. This
font may be an internal printer font, one from a printer cartridge or a
soft font that has been downloaded to the printer.
PCL . . Printer Control Language.
RUBBER STAMP A halftone overprint of all text pages. The stamp text and its
location are under user control.
140
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 GLOSSARY
SCANS . Number of times that the group of files selected and tagged to be
printed must be read during the printing process.
SETUP FILE A file that contains a set of LASR_MAN options, defining standard
features, such as printer and menu colors, that will be loaded each
time the program runs.
SHEET . A physical piece of paper that may have more than one logical page of
data printed on it. Sheets may be printed on one side or on both sides.
SIDE . One side of a physical piece of paper.
SMALL . Pitch of 23 characters per inch printed at 12.67 lines per inch.
STANDARD TEXT PAGE A normal document text page with a maximum of eighty char-
acter per lines and sixty lines.
STYLE . The orientation and method of printing (single-sided or double-sided)
sheets.
STYLE FILE A collection of STYLE OF OUTPUT options that have been selected and
saved for future use.
TEXT PAGE . Any group of text printed by the program as a separate entity. There
is no fixed size for a text page, but rather it is a function of the
various STYLE OF OUTPUT options selected.
TINY . Pitch of 33 characters per inch printed at 16 lines per inch.
TYPE . Major STYLE OF OUTPUT.
TYPEFACE The specific typeface selected to print the desired pitch, such as
Times Roman.
U_LINE TOGGLE A character that will allow underlining of text blocks when they
are printed.
USER DISPLAY LEVEL The specified level of background information to display
when waiting for main/function menu selection.
USER MENU LEVEL . The specified level of options to allow and display on the
function menus.
141
GLOSSARY LASR_MAN Version 6.0
142
INDEX
Action steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Actions and messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Advanced user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 53, 62
Archive bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 35, 63, 105-107, 109, 110
Background information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 49, 54, 56, 64
Binding margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 6, 19, 81, 83, 85, 87, 117
Blank lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 42, 54, 73, 98, 100, 129
Book page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 12, 57, 78, 79, 121, 139, 140
Book type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13, 40, 47, 84, 139, 140
Border type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 54, 98, 111
Brackets and parentheses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Brand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 23, 27-29, 67, 139
Cancel exiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Change config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 129
Change configuration file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 36, 91, 129, 132
Change menu colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 69
Command line/environment options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 35
Change configuration file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 36, 91, 129, 132
Cover file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 35, 36, 63, 73, 96, 97, 133, 139
Drive-directory path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-27, 31, 35, 36
File mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 37, 62, 63, 105-107, 109, 124
Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 35, 37, 38, 68
Line/page limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 38, 63, 73, 102, 139
Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 1, 20, 24, 35, 38, 50, 59, 63, 68, 69, 123, 137
Mouse parameters . . . . . 24, 34, 35, 39, 52, 59, 63, 68, 69, 107, 131, 137
Option file . . . 35, 37, 39, 40, 43, 62, 63, 73, 88-90, 124, 125, 133, 140
Option switches . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 6, 35, 40, 54, 55, 63, 73, 97, 98
Paper size . . . . . 4, 5, 34, 50, 55, 65, 66, 71, 74, 77, 87, 127, 139, 140
Paper source bin . . . . . . . . 5, 35, 44, 71, 111, 112, 118, 129, 131, 140
Print font . . . . . . . . 35, 43, 45, 54, 65, 66, 68, 73, 98, 102, 111, 140
Reverse 2nd pass printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 63, 111, 118, 124
Reverse second pass printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
STAMP-IT! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 46, 63, 73, 102, 103, 133
Style of output 4, 33-35, 42, 46, 47, 50, 55, 68, 73, 100-102, 107, 112-116,
135, 141
User display level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 49, 56, 61, 63, 64, 141
User menu level . . . 35, 49, 54-56, 59, 61, 63, 64, 73, 105, 111, 123, 141
Computer key conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Cover file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 35, 36, 63, 73, 96, 97, 133, 139
Select for printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Cpi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 67, 68, 79, 127, 139
Cpl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Custom title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Data path . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 54, 59-63, 72, 73, 90, 105, 106, 111, 125
Date format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 59, 63, 70
DeskJet printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 45, 127, 133, 137
Disk not ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Drive-directory path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-27, 31, 35, 36
Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 44, 81, 111-113, 139
143
INDEX LASR_MAN Version 6.0
Edit Current style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 63, 73, 76
Accept . . . 25, 29, 60, 67, 69-71, 77, 81-86, 90, 94, 100-102, 109, 116, 125
Exit . . 22, 24, 26, 27, 29-32, 39, 50, 52-55, 59, 61-64, 73, 76, 77, 86, 88,
106, 107, 111, 119, 123, 124, 137
General - binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
General - margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
General - measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
General - orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
General - pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
General - sides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
General - size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
General - text pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
General - type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Horizontal - chars/line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Horizontal - hdiv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Horizontal - hmar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Horizontal - left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Horizontal - right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Horizontal - text pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Horizontal - width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Select another . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 86
Vertical - bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Vertical - height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Vertical - lines/page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Vertical - text pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Vertical - vdiv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Vertical - vmar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Vertical - vtop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Editing the configuration file . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 36, 69, 91, 117, 129
Elite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 45, 66-68, 127, 139
Enter key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Escape key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Exit function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 88, 123
Cancel exiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Return to DOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Save options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 59, 62, 63, 89, 123, 124
Save setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-64, 123, 124
Expert user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 63, 74, 106
File mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 37, 62, 63, 105-107, 109, 124
File page start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 54, 98
File select function
Archive bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 35, 63, 105-107, 109, 110
File mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 37, 62, 63, 105-107, 109, 124
File selection/tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 56, 57, 61-63, 106, 107, 109
File selection/tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 56, 57, 61-63, 106, 107, 109
File view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51, 89, 91, 97
File view key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Files required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Folding sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Font file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94-96, 133
Footer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 4, 20, 35, 47, 48, 62, 63, 73, 92, 93
Frequently asked questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
144
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 INDEX
General - Binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
General - Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
General - Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
General - Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
General - Pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
General - Sides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
General - Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
General - Text Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
General - Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 4, 20, 35, 40, 47, 48, 56, 92, 93, 98, 115
Help key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 24, 50, 51, 53
Horizontal - Chars/Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Horizontal - hDiv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Horizontal - hMar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Horizontal - Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Horizontal - Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Horizontal - Text Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Horizontal - Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
INDX-IT! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 22, 44, 63, 111, 113, 119, 135
Information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 49, 54, 56, 64
Installing the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 50, 74
Landscape orientation . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 6, 10, 55, 79, 117, 120, 127, 139
LaserJet printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 67, 137
LASR_MAN files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 28, 31, 133, 134
Learning to use LASR_MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Line printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 45, 46, 63, 66, 67, 73, 95, 96, 139
Line spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Line/page limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 38, 63, 73, 102, 139
Lpi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Lpp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Main menu function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Major features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Manual format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Maxc/l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 108, 114, 139
Maxl/p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 108, 114, 139
Menu border . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Menu type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 70
Mouse parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 39, 52, 68, 69
Mouse support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 52
No left margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 54, 73, 98, 100, 111
Normal user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 74
Operation sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Option file . . . . . 35, 37, 39, 40, 43, 62, 63, 73, 88-90, 124, 125, 133, 140
Option switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 6, 35, 40, 54, 55, 63, 73, 97, 98
Binding margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 6, 19, 81, 83, 85, 87, 117
145
INDEX LASR_MAN Version 6.0
Blank lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 42, 54, 73, 98, 100, 129
Border type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 54, 98, 111
File page start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 54, 98
Line spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
No left margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 54, 73, 98, 100, 111
Page dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 99, 127, 140
Page flow . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 6, 9, 10, 41, 54, 73, 98-100, 111, 140
Print ctrl chrs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 54, 73, 98, 102, 111
Print form feeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 98
Spaces/tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 54, 73, 98, 100, 101, 111
Switch titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 54, 98, 111
Tab print width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 54, 73, 98, 100, 101, 111
Text word wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 21, 22
Title headers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 41, 54, 98, 111
Options function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 49, 50, 56, 57, 73, 86, 94
Cover file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 35, 36, 63, 73, 96, 97, 133, 139
Edit current style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 63, 73, 76
Font file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94-96, 133
Line/page limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 38, 63, 73, 102, 139
Option file . . . 35, 37, 39, 40, 43, 62, 63, 73, 88-90, 124, 125, 133, 140
Option switches . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 6, 35, 40, 54, 55, 63, 73, 97, 98
Page title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 47, 50, 62, 63, 73, 92, 93
Paper size . . . . . 4, 5, 34, 50, 55, 65, 66, 71, 74, 77, 87, 127, 139, 140
Set style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 57, 61-63, 73, 74, 87
STAMP-IT! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 46, 63, 73, 102, 103, 133
Style of output 4, 33-35, 42, 46, 47, 50, 55, 68, 73, 100-102, 107, 112-116,
135, 141
Output to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 35, 44, 63, 111-113, 118, 119
Page dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 99, 127, 140
Page flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 6, 9, 10, 41, 54, 73, 98-100, 111, 140
Page layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Page title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 47, 50, 62, 63, 73, 92, 93
Pages/book page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 140
Pages/side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18, 33, 56, 57, 77, 78, 93, 100, 140
Pamphlet type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13, 33, 40, 80, 82, 140
Paper size . . . . . . 4, 5, 34, 50, 55, 65, 66, 71, 74, 77, 87, 127, 139, 140
Paper source bin . . . . . . . . . 5, 35, 44, 71, 111, 112, 118, 129, 131, 140
Pass 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 117
Pass 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Pica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 14, 45, 56, 66-68, 140
Pitch . . 3, 4, 6-18, 35, 45, 46, 54, 66-68, 73, 74, 77-79, 87, 91, 94, 95, 106,
111, 114, 133, 139-141
Line printer . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 45, 46, 63, 66, 67, 73, 95, 96, 139
Tiny . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 14, 45, 66-68, 127, 141
Portrait orientation . . . . . . . . . . 6, 10, 14, 67, 79, 120, 127, 133, 140
Preview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 70, 108, 116
Print ctrl chrs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 54, 73, 98, 102, 111
Print font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 45, 65, 66, 68, 140
Print form feeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 98
Print function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 56, 57, 68, 107, 111, 115, 124
Output to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 35, 44, 63, 111-113, 118, 119
Paper source bin . . . . . . . . 5, 35, 44, 71, 111, 112, 118, 129, 131, 140
146
LASR_MAN Version 6.0 INDEX
Print these selected files . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 57, 61-63, 111, 112
Reverse 2nd pass output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 63, 111, 118, 124
Print style overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 6, 66, 74
Print these selected files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 57, 61-63, 111, 112
Printer . i, 3-6, 14, 20, 26, 27, 30, 34-36, 44-46, 50-52, 55-57, 59, 62-68, 73,
81, 91, 92, 95, 96, 103, 111-113, 115, 117-119, 124, 127, 129-135, 137,
139-141
Printer not ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Printing complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116, 117
Quick install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-23, 28, 29, 123, 133, 135, 139
Reload the defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Restore conf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 59, 71
Restore path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 59, 63, 72
Return to DOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Reverse 2nd pass output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 63, 111, 118, 124
Reverse second pass printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Rubber stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 46, 102, 103, 133, 140
Running LASR_MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 24, 33, 53
Save . . . . . . 3, 5, 39, 50, 59, 61-65, 77, 86, 87, 89, 90, 95, 123-125, 138
Save options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 59, 62, 63, 89, 123, 124
Save setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-64, 123, 124
Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 111, 114
Select Another . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 86
Select for printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Set style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 57, 61-63, 73, 74, 87
Setup function . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 52, 56, 59, 60, 65, 105, 124, 129, 130
Change config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 129
Change menu colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 69
Data path . . . . . . . . . . 50, 54, 59-63, 72, 73, 90, 105, 106, 111, 125
Date format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 59, 63, 70
Mouse . . . . . . . . . . 24, 34, 35, 39, 52, 59, 63, 68, 69, 107, 131, 137
Print font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 45, 65, 66, 68, 140
Reload the defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Restore conf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 59, 71
Restore path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 59, 63, 72
Save options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 59, 62, 63, 89, 123, 124
Save setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-64, 123, 124
User level . . . . . . . . . 3, 49, 50, 55, 56, 61, 63, 64, 74, 75, 106, 137
Shareware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 1, 4, 5, 20-23, 53, 123, 133
Shareware distributed documentation manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Sheet . 3-13, 18, 19, 40, 41, 47, 51, 56, 57, 73, 74, 78-80, 82-88, 91, 98, 99,
106, 107, 111-116, 118, 120, 127, 128, 137, 139-141
Small . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 14, 45, 66-68, 141
Spaces/tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 54, 73, 98, 100, 101, 111
STAMP-IT! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 46, 63, 73, 102, 103, 133
Stapling pamphlets and books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Style of output
Book type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13, 40, 47, 84, 139, 140
Pages/book page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 140
147
INDEX LASR_MAN Version 6.0
Pages/side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18, 33, 56, 57, 77, 78, 93, 100, 140
Pamphlet type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13, 33, 40, 80, 82, 140
Sides . . 5-13, 46, 54, 55, 57, 73, 74, 77, 78, 80-82, 87-89, 111-113, 124,
139-141
Style 4, 33-35, 42, 46, 47, 50, 55, 68, 73, 100-102, 107, 112-116, 135, 141
Style type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78-81
Style type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78-81
Summary of all available options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Support BBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 21
Switch titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 54, 98, 111
System requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Tab print width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 54, 73, 98, 100, 101, 111
Text word wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 54, 73, 98, 101, 111
Title . . . . . . . . 4, 35, 40, 41, 47, 48, 50, 54, 62, 63, 73, 92-94, 98, 111
Title headers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 41, 54, 98, 111
Title segment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92, 94, 98
Type text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 107, 108, 114
Typeface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 48, 66-68, 91, 94-96, 133, 141
U_line toggle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
User display level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 49, 56, 61, 63, 64, 141
User level . . . . . . . . . . 3, 49, 50, 55, 56, 61, 63, 64, 74, 75, 106, 137
Advanced user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 53, 62
Expert user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 63, 74, 106
Normal user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 74
User display level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 49, 56, 61, 63, 64, 141
User menu level . . . 35, 49, 54-56, 59, 61, 63, 64, 73, 105, 111, 123, 141
User menu level . . . . . 35, 49, 54-56, 59, 61, 63, 64, 73, 105, 111, 123, 141
Utility menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 51, 137
Vertical - Bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Vertical - Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Vertical - Lines/Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Vertical - Text Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Vertical - Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Vertical - vDiv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Vertical - vMar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Wildcard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 37, 109
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 5, 27, 33, 34, 69, 107, 111, 114, 133, 137
Word processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
■■■■_MAN programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
148